Search Results

Search found 16894 results on 676 pages for 'private members'.

Page 672/676 | < Previous Page | 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676  | Next Page >

  • Service Discovery in WCF 4.0 &ndash; Part 1

    - by Shaun
    When designing a service oriented architecture (SOA) system, there will be a lot of services with many service contracts, endpoints and behaviors. Besides the client calling the service, in a large distributed system a service may invoke other services. In this case, one service might need to know the endpoints it invokes. This might not be a problem in a small system. But when you have more than 10 services this might be a problem. For example in my current product, there are around 10 services, such as the user authentication service, UI integration service, location service, license service, device monitor service, event monitor service, schedule job service, accounting service, player management service, etc..   Benefit of Discovery Service Since almost all my services need to invoke at least one other service. This would be a difficult task to make sure all services endpoints are configured correctly in every service. And furthermore, it would be a nightmare when a service changed its endpoint at runtime. Hence, we need a discovery service to remove the dependency (configuration dependency). A discovery service plays as a service dictionary which stores the relationship between the contracts and the endpoints for every service. By using the discovery service, when service X wants to invoke service Y, it just need to ask the discovery service where is service Y, then the discovery service will return all proper endpoints of service Y, then service X can use the endpoint to send the request to service Y. And when some services changed their endpoint address, all need to do is to update its records in the discovery service then all others will know its new endpoint. In WCF 4.0 Discovery it supports both managed proxy discovery mode and ad-hoc discovery mode. In ad-hoc mode there is no standalone discovery service. When a client wanted to invoke a service, it will broadcast an message (normally in UDP protocol) to the entire network with the service match criteria. All services which enabled the discovery behavior will receive this message and only those matched services will send their endpoint back to the client. The managed proxy discovery service works as I described above. In this post I will only cover the managed proxy mode, where there’s a discovery service. For more information about the ad-hoc mode please refer to the MSDN.   Service Announcement and Probe The main functionality of discovery service should be return the proper endpoint addresses back to the service who is looking for. In most cases the consume service (as a client) will send the contract which it wanted to request to the discovery service. And then the discovery service will find the endpoint and respond. Sometimes the contract and endpoint are not enough. It also contains versioning, extensions attributes. This post I will only cover the case includes contract and endpoint. When a client (or sometimes a service who need to invoke another service) need to connect to a target service, it will firstly request the discovery service through the “Probe” method with the criteria. Basically the criteria contains the contract type name of the target service. Then the discovery service will search its endpoint repository by the criteria. The repository might be a database, a distributed cache or a flat XML file. If it matches, the discovery service will grab the endpoint information (it’s called discovery endpoint metadata in WCF) and send back. And this is called “Probe”. Finally the client received the discovery endpoint metadata and will use the endpoint to connect to the target service. Besides the probe, discovery service should take the responsible to know there is a new service available when it goes online, as well as stopped when it goes offline. This feature is named “Announcement”. When a service started and stopped, it will announce to the discovery service. So the basic functionality of a discovery service should includes: 1, An endpoint which receive the service online message, and add the service endpoint information in the discovery repository. 2, An endpoint which receive the service offline message, and remove the service endpoint information from the discovery repository. 3, An endpoint which receive the client probe message, and return the matches service endpoints, and return the discovery endpoint metadata. WCF 4.0 discovery service just covers all these features in it's infrastructure classes.   Discovery Service in WCF 4.0 WCF 4.0 introduced a new assembly named System.ServiceModel.Discovery which has all necessary classes and interfaces to build a WS-Discovery compliant discovery service. It supports ad-hoc and managed proxy modes. For the case mentioned in this post, what we need to build is a standalone discovery service, which is the managed proxy discovery service mode. To build a managed discovery service in WCF 4.0 just create a new class inherits from the abstract class System.ServiceModel.Discovery.DiscoveryProxy. This class implemented and abstracted the procedures of service announcement and probe. And it exposes 8 abstract methods where we can implement our own endpoint register, unregister and find logic. These 8 methods are asynchronized, which means all invokes to the discovery service are asynchronously, for better service capability and performance. 1, OnBeginOnlineAnnouncement, OnEndOnlineAnnouncement: Invoked when a service sent the online announcement message. We need to add the endpoint information to the repository in this method. 2, OnBeginOfflineAnnouncement, OnEndOfflineAnnouncement: Invoked when a service sent the offline announcement message. We need to remove the endpoint information from the repository in this method. 3, OnBeginFind, OnEndFind: Invoked when a client sent the probe message that want to find the service endpoint information. We need to look for the proper endpoints by matching the client’s criteria through the repository in this method. 4, OnBeginResolve, OnEndResolve: Invoked then a client sent the resolve message. Different from the find method, when using resolve method the discovery service will return the exactly one service endpoint metadata to the client. In our example we will NOT implement this method.   Let’s create our own discovery service, inherit the base System.ServiceModel.Discovery.DiscoveryProxy. We also need to specify the service behavior in this class. Since the build-in discovery service host class only support the singleton mode, we must set its instance context mode to single. 1: using System; 2: using System.Collections.Generic; 3: using System.Linq; 4: using System.Text; 5: using System.ServiceModel.Discovery; 6: using System.ServiceModel; 7:  8: namespace Phare.Service 9: { 10: [ServiceBehavior(InstanceContextMode = InstanceContextMode.Single, ConcurrencyMode = ConcurrencyMode.Multiple)] 11: public class ManagedProxyDiscoveryService : DiscoveryProxy 12: { 13: protected override IAsyncResult OnBeginFind(FindRequestContext findRequestContext, AsyncCallback callback, object state) 14: { 15: throw new NotImplementedException(); 16: } 17:  18: protected override IAsyncResult OnBeginOfflineAnnouncement(DiscoveryMessageSequence messageSequence, EndpointDiscoveryMetadata endpointDiscoveryMetadata, AsyncCallback callback, object state) 19: { 20: throw new NotImplementedException(); 21: } 22:  23: protected override IAsyncResult OnBeginOnlineAnnouncement(DiscoveryMessageSequence messageSequence, EndpointDiscoveryMetadata endpointDiscoveryMetadata, AsyncCallback callback, object state) 24: { 25: throw new NotImplementedException(); 26: } 27:  28: protected override IAsyncResult OnBeginResolve(ResolveCriteria resolveCriteria, AsyncCallback callback, object state) 29: { 30: throw new NotImplementedException(); 31: } 32:  33: protected override void OnEndFind(IAsyncResult result) 34: { 35: throw new NotImplementedException(); 36: } 37:  38: protected override void OnEndOfflineAnnouncement(IAsyncResult result) 39: { 40: throw new NotImplementedException(); 41: } 42:  43: protected override void OnEndOnlineAnnouncement(IAsyncResult result) 44: { 45: throw new NotImplementedException(); 46: } 47:  48: protected override EndpointDiscoveryMetadata OnEndResolve(IAsyncResult result) 49: { 50: throw new NotImplementedException(); 51: } 52: } 53: } Then let’s implement the online, offline and find methods one by one. WCF discovery service gives us full flexibility to implement the endpoint add, remove and find logic. For the demo purpose we will use an internal dictionary to store the services’ endpoint metadata. In the next post we will see how to serialize and store these information in database. Define a concurrent dictionary inside the service class since our it will be used in the multiple threads scenario. 1: [ServiceBehavior(InstanceContextMode = InstanceContextMode.Single, ConcurrencyMode = ConcurrencyMode.Multiple)] 2: public class ManagedProxyDiscoveryService : DiscoveryProxy 3: { 4: private ConcurrentDictionary<EndpointAddress, EndpointDiscoveryMetadata> _services; 5:  6: public ManagedProxyDiscoveryService() 7: { 8: _services = new ConcurrentDictionary<EndpointAddress, EndpointDiscoveryMetadata>(); 9: } 10: } Then we can simply implement the logic of service online and offline. 1: protected override IAsyncResult OnBeginOnlineAnnouncement(DiscoveryMessageSequence messageSequence, EndpointDiscoveryMetadata endpointDiscoveryMetadata, AsyncCallback callback, object state) 2: { 3: _services.AddOrUpdate(endpointDiscoveryMetadata.Address, endpointDiscoveryMetadata, (key, value) => endpointDiscoveryMetadata); 4: return new OnOnlineAnnouncementAsyncResult(callback, state); 5: } 6:  7: protected override void OnEndOnlineAnnouncement(IAsyncResult result) 8: { 9: OnOnlineAnnouncementAsyncResult.End(result); 10: } 11:  12: protected override IAsyncResult OnBeginOfflineAnnouncement(DiscoveryMessageSequence messageSequence, EndpointDiscoveryMetadata endpointDiscoveryMetadata, AsyncCallback callback, object state) 13: { 14: EndpointDiscoveryMetadata endpoint = null; 15: _services.TryRemove(endpointDiscoveryMetadata.Address, out endpoint); 16: return new OnOfflineAnnouncementAsyncResult(callback, state); 17: } 18:  19: protected override void OnEndOfflineAnnouncement(IAsyncResult result) 20: { 21: OnOfflineAnnouncementAsyncResult.End(result); 22: } Regards the find method, the parameter FindRequestContext.Criteria has a method named IsMatch, which can be use for us to evaluate which service metadata is satisfied with the criteria. So the implementation of find method would be like this. 1: protected override IAsyncResult OnBeginFind(FindRequestContext findRequestContext, AsyncCallback callback, object state) 2: { 3: _services.Where(s => findRequestContext.Criteria.IsMatch(s.Value)) 4: .Select(s => s.Value) 5: .All(meta => 6: { 7: findRequestContext.AddMatchingEndpoint(meta); 8: return true; 9: }); 10: return new OnFindAsyncResult(callback, state); 11: } 12:  13: protected override void OnEndFind(IAsyncResult result) 14: { 15: OnFindAsyncResult.End(result); 16: } As you can see, we checked all endpoints metadata in repository by invoking the IsMatch method. Then add all proper endpoints metadata into the parameter. Finally since all these methods are asynchronized we need some AsyncResult classes as well. Below are the base class and the inherited classes used in previous methods. 1: using System; 2: using System.Collections.Generic; 3: using System.Linq; 4: using System.Text; 5: using System.Threading; 6:  7: namespace Phare.Service 8: { 9: abstract internal class AsyncResult : IAsyncResult 10: { 11: AsyncCallback callback; 12: bool completedSynchronously; 13: bool endCalled; 14: Exception exception; 15: bool isCompleted; 16: ManualResetEvent manualResetEvent; 17: object state; 18: object thisLock; 19:  20: protected AsyncResult(AsyncCallback callback, object state) 21: { 22: this.callback = callback; 23: this.state = state; 24: this.thisLock = new object(); 25: } 26:  27: public object AsyncState 28: { 29: get 30: { 31: return state; 32: } 33: } 34:  35: public WaitHandle AsyncWaitHandle 36: { 37: get 38: { 39: if (manualResetEvent != null) 40: { 41: return manualResetEvent; 42: } 43: lock (ThisLock) 44: { 45: if (manualResetEvent == null) 46: { 47: manualResetEvent = new ManualResetEvent(isCompleted); 48: } 49: } 50: return manualResetEvent; 51: } 52: } 53:  54: public bool CompletedSynchronously 55: { 56: get 57: { 58: return completedSynchronously; 59: } 60: } 61:  62: public bool IsCompleted 63: { 64: get 65: { 66: return isCompleted; 67: } 68: } 69:  70: object ThisLock 71: { 72: get 73: { 74: return this.thisLock; 75: } 76: } 77:  78: protected static TAsyncResult End<TAsyncResult>(IAsyncResult result) 79: where TAsyncResult : AsyncResult 80: { 81: if (result == null) 82: { 83: throw new ArgumentNullException("result"); 84: } 85:  86: TAsyncResult asyncResult = result as TAsyncResult; 87:  88: if (asyncResult == null) 89: { 90: throw new ArgumentException("Invalid async result.", "result"); 91: } 92:  93: if (asyncResult.endCalled) 94: { 95: throw new InvalidOperationException("Async object already ended."); 96: } 97:  98: asyncResult.endCalled = true; 99:  100: if (!asyncResult.isCompleted) 101: { 102: asyncResult.AsyncWaitHandle.WaitOne(); 103: } 104:  105: if (asyncResult.manualResetEvent != null) 106: { 107: asyncResult.manualResetEvent.Close(); 108: } 109:  110: if (asyncResult.exception != null) 111: { 112: throw asyncResult.exception; 113: } 114:  115: return asyncResult; 116: } 117:  118: protected void Complete(bool completedSynchronously) 119: { 120: if (isCompleted) 121: { 122: throw new InvalidOperationException("This async result is already completed."); 123: } 124:  125: this.completedSynchronously = completedSynchronously; 126:  127: if (completedSynchronously) 128: { 129: this.isCompleted = true; 130: } 131: else 132: { 133: lock (ThisLock) 134: { 135: this.isCompleted = true; 136: if (this.manualResetEvent != null) 137: { 138: this.manualResetEvent.Set(); 139: } 140: } 141: } 142:  143: if (callback != null) 144: { 145: callback(this); 146: } 147: } 148:  149: protected void Complete(bool completedSynchronously, Exception exception) 150: { 151: this.exception = exception; 152: Complete(completedSynchronously); 153: } 154: } 155: } 1: using System; 2: using System.Collections.Generic; 3: using System.Linq; 4: using System.Text; 5: using System.ServiceModel.Discovery; 6: using Phare.Service; 7:  8: namespace Phare.Service 9: { 10: internal sealed class OnOnlineAnnouncementAsyncResult : AsyncResult 11: { 12: public OnOnlineAnnouncementAsyncResult(AsyncCallback callback, object state) 13: : base(callback, state) 14: { 15: this.Complete(true); 16: } 17:  18: public static void End(IAsyncResult result) 19: { 20: AsyncResult.End<OnOnlineAnnouncementAsyncResult>(result); 21: } 22:  23: } 24:  25: sealed class OnOfflineAnnouncementAsyncResult : AsyncResult 26: { 27: public OnOfflineAnnouncementAsyncResult(AsyncCallback callback, object state) 28: : base(callback, state) 29: { 30: this.Complete(true); 31: } 32:  33: public static void End(IAsyncResult result) 34: { 35: AsyncResult.End<OnOfflineAnnouncementAsyncResult>(result); 36: } 37: } 38:  39: sealed class OnFindAsyncResult : AsyncResult 40: { 41: public OnFindAsyncResult(AsyncCallback callback, object state) 42: : base(callback, state) 43: { 44: this.Complete(true); 45: } 46:  47: public static void End(IAsyncResult result) 48: { 49: AsyncResult.End<OnFindAsyncResult>(result); 50: } 51: } 52:  53: sealed class OnResolveAsyncResult : AsyncResult 54: { 55: EndpointDiscoveryMetadata matchingEndpoint; 56:  57: public OnResolveAsyncResult(EndpointDiscoveryMetadata matchingEndpoint, AsyncCallback callback, object state) 58: : base(callback, state) 59: { 60: this.matchingEndpoint = matchingEndpoint; 61: this.Complete(true); 62: } 63:  64: public static EndpointDiscoveryMetadata End(IAsyncResult result) 65: { 66: OnResolveAsyncResult thisPtr = AsyncResult.End<OnResolveAsyncResult>(result); 67: return thisPtr.matchingEndpoint; 68: } 69: } 70: } Now we have finished the discovery service. The next step is to host it. The discovery service is a standard WCF service. So we can use ServiceHost on a console application, windows service, or in IIS as usual. The following code is how to host the discovery service we had just created in a console application. 1: static void Main(string[] args) 2: { 3: using (var host = new ServiceHost(new ManagedProxyDiscoveryService())) 4: { 5: host.Opened += (sender, e) => 6: { 7: host.Description.Endpoints.All((ep) => 8: { 9: Console.WriteLine(ep.ListenUri); 10: return true; 11: }); 12: }; 13:  14: try 15: { 16: // retrieve the announcement, probe endpoint and binding from configuration 17: var announcementEndpointAddress = new EndpointAddress(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["announcementEndpointAddress"]); 18: var probeEndpointAddress = new EndpointAddress(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["probeEndpointAddress"]); 19: var binding = Activator.CreateInstance(Type.GetType(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["bindingType"], true, true)) as Binding; 20: var announcementEndpoint = new AnnouncementEndpoint(binding, announcementEndpointAddress); 21: var probeEndpoint = new DiscoveryEndpoint(binding, probeEndpointAddress); 22: probeEndpoint.IsSystemEndpoint = false; 23: // append the service endpoint for announcement and probe 24: host.AddServiceEndpoint(announcementEndpoint); 25: host.AddServiceEndpoint(probeEndpoint); 26:  27: host.Open(); 28:  29: Console.WriteLine("Press any key to exit."); 30: Console.ReadKey(); 31: } 32: catch (Exception ex) 33: { 34: Console.WriteLine(ex.ToString()); 35: } 36: } 37:  38: Console.WriteLine("Done."); 39: Console.ReadKey(); 40: } What we need to notice is that, the discovery service needs two endpoints for announcement and probe. In this example I just retrieve them from the configuration file. I also specified the binding of these two endpoints in configuration file as well. 1: <?xml version="1.0"?> 2: <configuration> 3: <startup> 4: <supportedRuntime version="v4.0" sku=".NETFramework,Version=v4.0"/> 5: </startup> 6: <appSettings> 7: <add key="announcementEndpointAddress" value="net.tcp://localhost:10010/announcement"/> 8: <add key="probeEndpointAddress" value="net.tcp://localhost:10011/probe"/> 9: <add key="bindingType" value="System.ServiceModel.NetTcpBinding, System.ServiceModel, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089"/> 10: </appSettings> 11: </configuration> And this is the console screen when I ran my discovery service. As you can see there are two endpoints listening for announcement message and probe message.   Discoverable Service and Client Next, let’s create a WCF service that is discoverable, which means it can be found by the discovery service. To do so, we need to let the service send the online announcement message to the discovery service, as well as offline message before it shutdown. Just create a simple service which can make the incoming string to upper. The service contract and implementation would be like this. 1: [ServiceContract] 2: public interface IStringService 3: { 4: [OperationContract] 5: string ToUpper(string content); 6: } 1: public class StringService : IStringService 2: { 3: public string ToUpper(string content) 4: { 5: return content.ToUpper(); 6: } 7: } Then host this service in the console application. In order to make the discovery service easy to be tested the service address will be changed each time it’s started. 1: static void Main(string[] args) 2: { 3: var baseAddress = new Uri(string.Format("net.tcp://localhost:11001/stringservice/{0}/", Guid.NewGuid().ToString())); 4:  5: using (var host = new ServiceHost(typeof(StringService), baseAddress)) 6: { 7: host.Opened += (sender, e) => 8: { 9: Console.WriteLine("Service opened at {0}", host.Description.Endpoints.First().ListenUri); 10: }; 11:  12: host.AddServiceEndpoint(typeof(IStringService), new NetTcpBinding(), string.Empty); 13:  14: host.Open(); 15:  16: Console.WriteLine("Press any key to exit."); 17: Console.ReadKey(); 18: } 19: } Currently this service is NOT discoverable. We need to add a special service behavior so that it could send the online and offline message to the discovery service announcement endpoint when the host is opened and closed. WCF 4.0 introduced a service behavior named ServiceDiscoveryBehavior. When we specified the announcement endpoint address and appended it to the service behaviors this service will be discoverable. 1: var announcementAddress = new EndpointAddress(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["announcementEndpointAddress"]); 2: var announcementBinding = Activator.CreateInstance(Type.GetType(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["bindingType"], true, true)) as Binding; 3: var announcementEndpoint = new AnnouncementEndpoint(announcementBinding, announcementAddress); 4: var discoveryBehavior = new ServiceDiscoveryBehavior(); 5: discoveryBehavior.AnnouncementEndpoints.Add(announcementEndpoint); 6: host.Description.Behaviors.Add(discoveryBehavior); The ServiceDiscoveryBehavior utilizes the service extension and channel dispatcher to implement the online and offline announcement logic. In short, it injected the channel open and close procedure and send the online and offline message to the announcement endpoint.   On client side, when we have the discovery service, a client can invoke a service without knowing its endpoint. WCF discovery assembly provides a class named DiscoveryClient, which can be used to find the proper service endpoint by passing the criteria. In the code below I initialized the DiscoveryClient, specified the discovery service probe endpoint address. Then I created the find criteria by specifying the service contract I wanted to use and invoke the Find method. This will send the probe message to the discovery service and it will find the endpoints back to me. The discovery service will return all endpoints that matches the find criteria, which means in the result of the find method there might be more than one endpoints. In this example I just returned the first matched one back. In the next post I will show how to extend our discovery service to make it work like a service load balancer. 1: static EndpointAddress FindServiceEndpoint() 2: { 3: var probeEndpointAddress = new EndpointAddress(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["probeEndpointAddress"]); 4: var probeBinding = Activator.CreateInstance(Type.GetType(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["bindingType"], true, true)) as Binding; 5: var discoveryEndpoint = new DiscoveryEndpoint(probeBinding, probeEndpointAddress); 6:  7: EndpointAddress address = null; 8: FindResponse result = null; 9: using (var discoveryClient = new DiscoveryClient(discoveryEndpoint)) 10: { 11: result = discoveryClient.Find(new FindCriteria(typeof(IStringService))); 12: } 13:  14: if (result != null && result.Endpoints.Any()) 15: { 16: var endpointMetadata = result.Endpoints.First(); 17: address = endpointMetadata.Address; 18: } 19: return address; 20: } Once we probed the discovery service we will receive the endpoint. So in the client code we can created the channel factory from the endpoint and binding, and invoke to the service. When creating the client side channel factory we need to make sure that the client side binding should be the same as the service side. WCF discovery service can be used to find the endpoint for a service contract, but the binding is NOT included. This is because the binding was not in the WS-Discovery specification. In the next post I will demonstrate how to add the binding information into the discovery service. At that moment the client don’t need to create the binding by itself. Instead it will use the binding received from the discovery service. 1: static void Main(string[] args) 2: { 3: Console.WriteLine("Say something..."); 4: var content = Console.ReadLine(); 5: while (!string.IsNullOrWhiteSpace(content)) 6: { 7: Console.WriteLine("Finding the service endpoint..."); 8: var address = FindServiceEndpoint(); 9: if (address == null) 10: { 11: Console.WriteLine("There is no endpoint matches the criteria."); 12: } 13: else 14: { 15: Console.WriteLine("Found the endpoint {0}", address.Uri); 16:  17: var factory = new ChannelFactory<IStringService>(new NetTcpBinding(), address); 18: factory.Opened += (sender, e) => 19: { 20: Console.WriteLine("Connecting to {0}.", factory.Endpoint.ListenUri); 21: }; 22: var proxy = factory.CreateChannel(); 23: using (proxy as IDisposable) 24: { 25: Console.WriteLine("ToUpper: {0} => {1}", content, proxy.ToUpper(content)); 26: } 27: } 28:  29: Console.WriteLine("Say something..."); 30: content = Console.ReadLine(); 31: } 32: } Similarly, the discovery service probe endpoint and binding were defined in the configuration file. 1: <?xml version="1.0"?> 2: <configuration> 3: <startup> 4: <supportedRuntime version="v4.0" sku=".NETFramework,Version=v4.0"/> 5: </startup> 6: <appSettings> 7: <add key="announcementEndpointAddress" value="net.tcp://localhost:10010/announcement"/> 8: <add key="probeEndpointAddress" value="net.tcp://localhost:10011/probe"/> 9: <add key="bindingType" value="System.ServiceModel.NetTcpBinding, System.ServiceModel, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089"/> 10: </appSettings> 11: </configuration> OK, now let’s have a test. Firstly start the discovery service, and then start our discoverable service. When it started it will announced to the discovery service and registered its endpoint into the repository, which is the local dictionary. And then start the client and type something. As you can see the client asked the discovery service for the endpoint and then establish the connection to the discoverable service. And more interesting, do NOT close the client console but terminate the discoverable service but press the enter key. This will make the service send the offline message to the discovery service. Then start the discoverable service again. Since we made it use a different address each time it started, currently it should be hosted on another address. If we enter something in the client we could see that it asked the discovery service and retrieve the new endpoint, and connect the the service.   Summary In this post I discussed the benefit of using the discovery service and the procedures of service announcement and probe. I also demonstrated how to leverage the WCF Discovery feature in WCF 4.0 to build a simple managed discovery service. For test purpose, in this example I used the in memory dictionary as the discovery endpoint metadata repository. And when finding I also just return the first matched endpoint back. I also hard coded the bindings between the discoverable service and the client. In next post I will show you how to solve the problem mentioned above, as well as some additional feature for production usage. You can download the code here.   Hope this helps, Shaun All documents and related graphics, codes are provided "AS IS" without warranty of any kind. Copyright © Shaun Ziyan Xu. This work is licensed under the Creative Commons License.

    Read the article

  • Creating STA COM compatible ASP.NET Applications

    - by Rick Strahl
    When building ASP.NET applications that interface with old school COM objects like those created with VB6 or Visual FoxPro (MTDLL), it's extremely important that the threads that are serving requests use Single Threaded Apartment Threading. STA is a COM built-in technology that allows essentially single threaded components to operate reliably in a multi-threaded environment. STA's guarantee that COM objects instantiated on a specific thread stay on that specific thread and any access to a COM object from another thread automatically marshals that thread to the STA thread. The end effect is that you can have multiple threads, but a COM object instance lives on a fixed never changing thread. ASP.NET by default uses MTA (multi-threaded apartment) threads which are truly free spinning threads that pay no heed to COM object marshaling. This is vastly more efficient than STA threading which has a bit of overhead in determining whether it's OK to run code on a given thread or whether some sort of thread/COM marshaling needs to occur. MTA COM components can be very efficient, but STA COM components in a multi-threaded environment always tend to have a fair amount of overhead. It's amazing how much COM Interop I still see today so while it seems really old school to be talking about this topic, it's actually quite apropos for me as I have many customers using legacy COM systems that need to interface with other .NET applications. In this post I'm consolidating some of the hacks I've used to integrate with various ASP.NET technologies when using STA COM Components. STA in ASP.NET Support for STA threading in the ASP.NET framework is fairly limited. Specifically only the original ASP.NET WebForms technology supports STA threading directly via its STA Page Handler implementation or what you might know as ASPCOMPAT mode. For WebForms running STA components is as easy as specifying the ASPCOMPAT attribute in the @Page tag:<%@ Page Language="C#" AspCompat="true" %> which runs the page in STA mode. Removing it runs in MTA mode. Simple. Unfortunately all other ASP.NET technologies built on top of the core ASP.NET engine do not support STA natively. So if you want to use STA COM components in MVC or with class ASMX Web Services, there's no automatic way like the ASPCOMPAT keyword available. So what happens when you run an STA COM component in an MTA application? In low volume environments - nothing much will happen. The COM objects will appear to work just fine as there are no simultaneous thread interactions and the COM component will happily run on a single thread or multiple single threads one at a time. So for testing running components in MTA environments may appear to work just fine. However as load increases and threads get re-used by ASP.NET COM objects will end up getting created on multiple different threads. This can result in crashes or hangs, or data corruption in the STA components which store their state in thread local storage on the STA thread. If threads overlap this global store can easily get corrupted which in turn causes problems. STA ensures that any COM object instance loaded always stays on the same thread it was instantiated on. What about COM+? COM+ is supposed to address the problem of STA in MTA applications by providing an abstraction with it's own thread pool manager for COM objects. It steps in to the COM instantiation pipeline and hands out COM instances from its own internally maintained STA Thread pool. This guarantees that the COM instantiation threads are STA threads if using STA components. COM+ works, but in my experience the technology is very, very slow for STA components. It adds a ton of overhead and reduces COM performance noticably in load tests in IIS. COM+ can make sense in some situations but for Web apps with STA components it falls short. In addition there's also the need to ensure that COM+ is set up and configured on the target machine and the fact that components have to be registered in COM+. COM+ also keeps components up at all times, so if a component needs to be replaced the COM+ package needs to be unloaded (same is true for IIS hosted components but it's more common to manage that). COM+ is an option for well established components, but native STA support tends to provide better performance and more consistent usability, IMHO. STA for non supporting ASP.NET Technologies As mentioned above only WebForms supports STA natively. However, by utilizing the WebForms ASP.NET Page handler internally it's actually possible to trick various other ASP.NET technologies and let them work with STA components. This is ugly but I've used each of these in various applications and I've had minimal problems making them work with FoxPro STA COM components which is about as dififcult as it gets for COM Interop in .NET. In this post I summarize several STA workarounds that enable you to use STA threading with these ASP.NET Technologies: ASMX Web Services ASP.NET MVC WCF Web Services ASP.NET Web API ASMX Web Services I start with classic ASP.NET ASMX Web Services because it's the easiest mechanism that allows for STA modification. It also clearly demonstrates how the WebForms STA Page Handler is the key technology to enable the various other solutions to create STA components. Essentially the way this works is to override the WebForms Page class and hijack it's init functionality for processing requests. Here's what this looks like for Web Services:namespace FoxProAspNet { public class WebServiceStaHandler : System.Web.UI.Page, IHttpAsyncHandler { protected override void OnInit(EventArgs e) { IHttpHandler handler = new WebServiceHandlerFactory().GetHandler( this.Context, this.Context.Request.HttpMethod, this.Context.Request.FilePath, this.Context.Request.PhysicalPath); handler.ProcessRequest(this.Context); this.Context.ApplicationInstance.CompleteRequest(); } public IAsyncResult BeginProcessRequest( HttpContext context, AsyncCallback cb, object extraData) { return this.AspCompatBeginProcessRequest(context, cb, extraData); } public void EndProcessRequest(IAsyncResult result) { this.AspCompatEndProcessRequest(result); } } public class AspCompatWebServiceStaHandlerWithSessionState : WebServiceStaHandler, IRequiresSessionState { } } This class overrides the ASP.NET WebForms Page class which has a little known AspCompatBeginProcessRequest() and AspCompatEndProcessRequest() method that is responsible for providing the WebForms ASPCOMPAT functionality. These methods handle routing requests to STA threads. Note there are two classes - one that includes session state and one that does not. If you plan on using ASP.NET Session state use the latter class, otherwise stick to the former. This maps to the EnableSessionState page setting in WebForms. This class simply hooks into this functionality by overriding the BeginProcessRequest and EndProcessRequest methods and always forcing it into the AspCompat methods. The way this works is that BeginProcessRequest() fires first to set up the threads and starts intializing the handler. As part of that process the OnInit() method is fired which is now already running on an STA thread. The code then creates an instance of the actual WebService handler factory and calls its ProcessRequest method to start executing which generates the Web Service result. Immediately after ProcessRequest the request is stopped with Application.CompletRequest() which ensures that the rest of the Page handler logic doesn't fire. This means that even though the fairly heavy Page class is overridden here, it doesn't end up executing any of its internal processing which makes this code fairly efficient. In a nutshell, we're highjacking the Page HttpHandler and forcing it to process the WebService process handler in the context of the AspCompat handler behavior. Hooking up the Handler Because the above is an HttpHandler implementation you need to hook up the custom handler and replace the standard ASMX handler. To do this you need to modify the web.config file (here for IIS 7 and IIS Express): <configuration> <system.webServer> <handlers> <remove name="WebServiceHandlerFactory-Integrated-4.0" /> <add name="Asmx STA Web Service Handler" path="*.asmx" verb="*" type="FoxProAspNet.WebServiceStaHandler" precondition="integrated"/> </handlers> </system.webServer> </configuration> (Note: The name for the WebServiceHandlerFactory-Integrated-4.0 might be slightly different depending on your server version. Check the IIS Handler configuration in the IIS Management Console for the exact name or simply remove the handler from the list there which will propagate to your web.config). For IIS 5 & 6 (Windows XP/2003) or the Visual Studio Web Server use:<configuration> <system.web> <httpHandlers> <remove path="*.asmx" verb="*" /> <add path="*.asmx" verb="*" type="FoxProAspNet.WebServiceStaHandler" /> </httpHandlers> </system.web></configuration> To test, create a new ASMX Web Service and create a method like this: [WebService(Namespace = "http://foxaspnet.org/")] [WebServiceBinding(ConformsTo = WsiProfiles.BasicProfile1_1)] public class FoxWebService : System.Web.Services.WebService { [WebMethod] public string HelloWorld() { return "Hello World. Threading mode is: " + System.Threading.Thread.CurrentThread.GetApartmentState(); } } Run this before you put in the web.config configuration changes and you should get: Hello World. Threading mode is: MTA Then put the handler mapping into Web.config and you should see: Hello World. Threading mode is: STA And you're on your way to using STA COM components. It's a hack but it works well! I've used this with several high volume Web Service installations with various customers and it's been fast and reliable. ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC has quickly become the most popular ASP.NET technology, replacing WebForms for creating HTML output. MVC is more complex to get started with, but once you understand the basic structure of how requests flow through the MVC pipeline it's easy to use and amazingly flexible in manipulating HTML requests. In addition, MVC has great support for non-HTML output sources like JSON and XML, making it an excellent choice for AJAX requests without any additional tools. Unlike WebForms ASP.NET MVC doesn't support STA threads natively and so some trickery is needed to make it work with STA threads as well. MVC gets its handler implementation through custom route handlers using ASP.NET's built in routing semantics. To work in an STA handler requires working in the Page Handler as part of the Route Handler implementation. As with the Web Service handler the first step is to create a custom HttpHandler that can instantiate an MVC request pipeline properly:public class MvcStaThreadHttpAsyncHandler : Page, IHttpAsyncHandler, IRequiresSessionState { private RequestContext _requestContext; public MvcStaThreadHttpAsyncHandler(RequestContext requestContext) { if (requestContext == null) throw new ArgumentNullException("requestContext"); _requestContext = requestContext; } public IAsyncResult BeginProcessRequest(HttpContext context, AsyncCallback cb, object extraData) { return this.AspCompatBeginProcessRequest(context, cb, extraData); } protected override void OnInit(EventArgs e) { var controllerName = _requestContext.RouteData.GetRequiredString("controller"); var controllerFactory = ControllerBuilder.Current.GetControllerFactory(); var controller = controllerFactory.CreateController(_requestContext, controllerName); if (controller == null) throw new InvalidOperationException("Could not find controller: " + controllerName); try { controller.Execute(_requestContext); } finally { controllerFactory.ReleaseController(controller); } this.Context.ApplicationInstance.CompleteRequest(); } public void EndProcessRequest(IAsyncResult result) { this.AspCompatEndProcessRequest(result); } public override void ProcessRequest(HttpContext httpContext) { throw new NotSupportedException("STAThreadRouteHandler does not support ProcessRequest called (only BeginProcessRequest)"); } } This handler code figures out which controller to load and then executes the controller. MVC internally provides the information needed to route to the appropriate method and pass the right parameters. Like the Web Service handler the logic occurs in the OnInit() and performs all the processing in that part of the request. Next, we need a RouteHandler that can actually pick up this handler. Unlike the Web Service handler where we simply registered the handler, MVC requires a RouteHandler to pick up the handler. RouteHandlers look at the URL's path and based on that decide on what handler to invoke. The route handler is pretty simple - all it does is load our custom handler: public class MvcStaThreadRouteHandler : IRouteHandler { public IHttpHandler GetHttpHandler(RequestContext requestContext) { if (requestContext == null) throw new ArgumentNullException("requestContext"); return new MvcStaThreadHttpAsyncHandler(requestContext); } } At this point you can instantiate this route handler and force STA requests to MVC by specifying a route. The following sets up the ASP.NET Default Route:Route mvcRoute = new Route("{controller}/{action}/{id}", new RouteValueDictionary( new { controller = "Home", action = "Index", id = UrlParameter.Optional }), new MvcStaThreadRouteHandler()); RouteTable.Routes.Add(mvcRoute);   To make this code a little easier to work with and mimic the behavior of the routes.MapRoute() functionality extension method that MVC provides, here is an extension method for MapMvcStaRoute(): public static class RouteCollectionExtensions { public static void MapMvcStaRoute(this RouteCollection routeTable, string name, string url, object defaults = null) { Route mvcRoute = new Route(url, new RouteValueDictionary(defaults), new MvcStaThreadRouteHandler()); RouteTable.Routes.Add(mvcRoute); } } With this the syntax to add  route becomes a little easier and matches the MapRoute() method:RouteTable.Routes.MapMvcStaRoute( name: "Default", url: "{controller}/{action}/{id}", defaults: new { controller = "Home", action = "Index", id = UrlParameter.Optional } ); The nice thing about this route handler, STA Handler and extension method is that it's fully self contained. You can put all three into a single class file and stick it into your Web app, and then simply call MapMvcStaRoute() and it just works. Easy! To see whether this works create an MVC controller like this: public class ThreadTestController : Controller { public string ThreadingMode() { return Thread.CurrentThread.GetApartmentState().ToString(); } } Try this test both with only the MapRoute() hookup in the RouteConfiguration in which case you should get MTA as the value. Then change the MapRoute() call to MapMvcStaRoute() leaving all the parameters the same and re-run the request. You now should see STA as the result. You're on your way using STA COM components reliably in ASP.NET MVC. WCF Web Services running through IIS WCF Web Services provide a more robust and wider range of services for Web Services. You can use WCF over HTTP, TCP, and Pipes, and WCF services support WS* secure services. There are many features in WCF that go way beyond what ASMX can do. But it's also a bit more complex than ASMX. As a basic rule if you need to serve straight SOAP Services over HTTP I 'd recommend sticking with the simpler ASMX services especially if COM is involved. If you need WS* support or want to serve data over non-HTTP protocols then WCF makes more sense. WCF is not my forte but I found a solution from Scott Seely on his blog that describes the progress and that seems to work well. I'm copying his code below so this STA information is all in one place and quickly explain. Scott's code basically works by creating a custom OperationBehavior which can be specified via an [STAOperation] attribute on every method. Using his attribute you end up with a class (or Interface if you separate the contract and class) that looks like this: [ServiceContract] public class WcfService { [OperationContract] public string HelloWorldMta() { return Thread.CurrentThread.GetApartmentState().ToString(); } // Make sure you use this custom STAOperationBehavior // attribute to force STA operation of service methods [STAOperationBehavior] [OperationContract] public string HelloWorldSta() { return Thread.CurrentThread.GetApartmentState().ToString(); } } Pretty straight forward. The latter method returns STA while the former returns MTA. To make STA work every method needs to be marked up. The implementation consists of the attribute and OperationInvoker implementation. Here are the two classes required to make this work from Scott's post:public class STAOperationBehaviorAttribute : Attribute, IOperationBehavior { public void AddBindingParameters(OperationDescription operationDescription, System.ServiceModel.Channels.BindingParameterCollection bindingParameters) { } public void ApplyClientBehavior(OperationDescription operationDescription, System.ServiceModel.Dispatcher.ClientOperation clientOperation) { // If this is applied on the client, well, it just doesn’t make sense. // Don’t throw in case this attribute was applied on the contract // instead of the implementation. } public void ApplyDispatchBehavior(OperationDescription operationDescription, System.ServiceModel.Dispatcher.DispatchOperation dispatchOperation) { // Change the IOperationInvoker for this operation. dispatchOperation.Invoker = new STAOperationInvoker(dispatchOperation.Invoker); } public void Validate(OperationDescription operationDescription) { if (operationDescription.SyncMethod == null) { throw new InvalidOperationException("The STAOperationBehaviorAttribute " + "only works for synchronous method invocations."); } } } public class STAOperationInvoker : IOperationInvoker { IOperationInvoker _innerInvoker; public STAOperationInvoker(IOperationInvoker invoker) { _innerInvoker = invoker; } public object[] AllocateInputs() { return _innerInvoker.AllocateInputs(); } public object Invoke(object instance, object[] inputs, out object[] outputs) { // Create a new, STA thread object[] staOutputs = null; object retval = null; Thread thread = new Thread( delegate() { retval = _innerInvoker.Invoke(instance, inputs, out staOutputs); }); thread.SetApartmentState(ApartmentState.STA); thread.Start(); thread.Join(); outputs = staOutputs; return retval; } public IAsyncResult InvokeBegin(object instance, object[] inputs, AsyncCallback callback, object state) { // We don’t handle async… throw new NotImplementedException(); } public object InvokeEnd(object instance, out object[] outputs, IAsyncResult result) { // We don’t handle async… throw new NotImplementedException(); } public bool IsSynchronous { get { return true; } } } The key in this setup is the Invoker and the Invoke method which creates a new thread and then fires the request on this new thread. Because this approach creates a new thread for every request it's not super efficient. There's a bunch of overhead involved in creating the thread and throwing it away after each thread, but it'll work for low volume requests and insure each thread runs in STA mode. If better performance is required it would be useful to create a custom thread manager that can pool a number of STA threads and hand off threads as needed rather than creating new threads on every request. If your Web Service needs are simple and you need only to serve standard SOAP 1.x requests, I would recommend sticking with ASMX services. It's easier to set up and work with and for STA component use it'll be significantly better performing since ASP.NET manages the STA thread pool for you rather than firing new threads for each request. One nice thing about Scotts code is though that it works in any WCF environment including self hosting. It has no dependency on ASP.NET or WebForms for that matter. STA - If you must STA components are a  pain in the ass and thankfully there isn't too much stuff out there anymore that requires it. But when you need it and you need to access STA functionality from .NET at least there are a few options available to make it happen. Each of these solutions is a bit hacky, but they work - I've used all of them in production with good results with FoxPro components. I hope compiling all of these in one place here makes it STA consumption a little bit easier. I feel your pain :-) Resources Download STA Handler Code Examples Scott Seely's original STA WCF OperationBehavior Article© Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2012Posted in FoxPro   ASP.NET  .NET  COM   Tweet !function(d,s,id){var js,fjs=d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0];if(!d.getElementById(id)){js=d.createElement(s);js.id=id;js.src="//platform.twitter.com/widgets.js";fjs.parentNode.insertBefore(js,fjs);}}(document,"script","twitter-wjs"); (function() { var po = document.createElement('script'); po.type = 'text/javascript'; po.async = true; po.src = 'https://apis.google.com/js/plusone.js'; var s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; s.parentNode.insertBefore(po, s); })();

    Read the article

  • Windows Azure: Backup Services Release, Hyper-V Recovery Manager, VM Enhancements, Enhanced Enterprise Management Support

    - by ScottGu
    This morning we released a huge set of updates to Windows Azure.  These new capabilities include: Backup Services: General Availability of Windows Azure Backup Services Hyper-V Recovery Manager: Public preview of Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager Virtual Machines: Delete Attached Disks, Availability Set Warnings, SQL AlwaysOn Configuration Active Directory: Securely manage hundreds of SaaS applications Enterprise Management: Use Active Directory to Better Manage Windows Azure Windows Azure SDK 2.2: A massive update of our SDK + Visual Studio tooling support All of these improvements are now available to use immediately.  Below are more details about them. Backup Service: General Availability Release of Windows Azure Backup Today we are releasing Windows Azure Backup Service as a general availability service.  This release is now live in production, backed by an enterprise SLA, supported by Microsoft Support, and is ready to use for production scenarios. Windows Azure Backup is a cloud based backup solution for Windows Server which allows files and folders to be backed up and recovered from the cloud, and provides off-site protection against data loss. The service provides IT administrators and developers with the option to back up and protect critical data in an easily recoverable way from any location with no upfront hardware cost. Windows Azure Backup is built on the Windows Azure platform and uses Windows Azure blob storage for storing customer data. Windows Server uses the downloadable Windows Azure Backup Agent to transfer file and folder data securely and efficiently to the Windows Azure Backup Service. Along with providing cloud backup for Windows Server, Windows Azure Backup Service also provides capability to backup data from System Center Data Protection Manager and Windows Server Essentials, to the cloud. All data is encrypted onsite before it is sent to the cloud, and customers retain and manage the encryption key (meaning the data is stored entirely secured and can’t be decrypted by anyone but yourself). Getting Started To get started with the Windows Azure Backup Service, create a new Backup Vault within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  Click New->Data Services->Recovery Services->Backup Vault to do this: Once the backup vault is created you’ll be presented with a simple tutorial that will help guide you on how to register your Windows Servers with it: Once the servers you want to backup are registered, you can use the appropriate local management interface (such as the Microsoft Management Console snap-in, System Center Data Protection Manager Console, or Windows Server Essentials Dashboard) to configure the scheduled backups and to optionally initiate recoveries. You can follow these tutorials to learn more about how to do this: Tutorial: Schedule Backups Using the Windows Azure Backup Agent This tutorial helps you with setting up a backup schedule for your registered Windows Servers. Additionally, it also explains how to use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to set up a custom backup schedule. Tutorial: Recover Files and Folders Using the Windows Azure Backup Agent This tutorial helps you with recovering data from a backup. Additionally, it also explains how to use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to do the same tasks. Below are some of the key benefits the Windows Azure Backup Service provides: Simple configuration and management. Windows Azure Backup Service integrates with the familiar Windows Server Backup utility in Windows Server, the Data Protection Manager component in System Center and Windows Server Essentials, in order to provide a seamless backup and recovery experience to a local disk, or to the cloud. Block level incremental backups. The Windows Azure Backup Agent performs incremental backups by tracking file and block level changes and only transferring the changed blocks, hence reducing the storage and bandwidth utilization. Different point-in-time versions of the backups use storage efficiently by only storing the changes blocks between these versions. Data compression, encryption and throttling. The Windows Azure Backup Agent ensures that data is compressed and encrypted on the server before being sent to the Windows Azure Backup Service over the network. As a result, the Windows Azure Backup Service only stores encrypted data in the cloud storage. The encryption key is not available to the Windows Azure Backup Service, and as a result the data is never decrypted in the service. Also, users can setup throttling and configure how the Windows Azure Backup service utilizes the network bandwidth when backing up or restoring information. Data integrity is verified in the cloud. In addition to the secure backups, the backed up data is also automatically checked for integrity once the backup is done. As a result, any corruptions which may arise due to data transfer can be easily identified and are fixed automatically. Configurable retention policies for storing data in the cloud. The Windows Azure Backup Service accepts and implements retention policies to recycle backups that exceed the desired retention range, thereby meeting business policies and managing backup costs. Hyper-V Recovery Manager: Now Available in Public Preview I’m excited to also announce the public preview of a new Windows Azure Service – the Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager (HRM). Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager helps protect your business critical services by coordinating the replication and recovery of System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2012 SP1 and System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2012 R2 private clouds at a secondary location. With automated protection, asynchronous ongoing replication, and orderly recovery, the Hyper-V Recovery Manager service can help you implement Disaster Recovery and restore important services accurately, consistently, and with minimal downtime. Application data in an Hyper-V Recovery Manager scenarios always travels on your on-premise replication channel. Only metadata (such as names of logical clouds, virtual machines, networks etc.) that is needed for orchestration is sent to Azure. All traffic sent to/from Azure is encrypted. You can begin using Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery today by clicking New->Data Services->Recovery Services->Hyper-V Recovery Manager within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  You can read more about Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager in Brad Anderson’s 9-part series, Transform the datacenter. To learn more about setting up Hyper-V Recovery Manager follow our detailed step-by-step guide. Virtual Machines: Delete Attached Disks, Availability Set Warnings, SQL AlwaysOn Today’s Windows Azure release includes a number of nice updates to Windows Azure Virtual Machines.  These improvements include: Ability to Delete both VM Instances + Attached Disks in One Operation Prior to today’s release, when you deleted VMs within Windows Azure we would delete the VM instance – but not delete the drives attached to the VM.  You had to manually delete these yourself from the storage account.  With today’s update we’ve added a convenience option that now allows you to either retain or delete the attached disks when you delete the VM:   We’ve also added the ability to delete a cloud service, its deployments, and its role instances with a single action. This can either be a cloud service that has production and staging deployments with web and worker roles, or a cloud service that contains virtual machines.  To do this, simply select the Cloud Service within the Windows Azure Management Portal and click the “Delete” button: Warnings on Availability Sets with Only One Virtual Machine In Them One of the nice features that Windows Azure Virtual Machines supports is the concept of “Availability Sets”.  An “availability set” allows you to define a tier/role (e.g. webfrontends, databaseservers, etc) that you can map Virtual Machines into – and when you do this Windows Azure separates them across fault domains and ensures that at least one of them is always available during servicing operations.  This enables you to deploy applications in a high availability way. One issue we’ve seen some customers run into is where they define an availability set, but then forget to map more than one VM into it (which defeats the purpose of having an availability set).  With today’s release we now display a warning in the Windows Azure Management Portal if you have only one virtual machine deployed in an availability set to help highlight this: You can learn more about configuring the availability of your virtual machines here. Configuring SQL Server Always On SQL Server Always On is a great feature that you can use with Windows Azure to enable high availability and DR scenarios with SQL Server. Today’s Windows Azure release makes it even easier to configure SQL Server Always On by enabling “Direct Server Return” endpoints to be configured and managed within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  Previously, setting this up required using PowerShell to complete the endpoint configuration.  Starting today you can enable this simply by checking the “Direct Server Return” checkbox: You can learn more about how to use direct server return for SQL Server AlwaysOn availability groups here. Active Directory: Application Access Enhancements This summer we released our initial preview of our Application Access Enhancements for Windows Azure Active Directory.  This service enables you to securely implement single-sign-on (SSO) support against SaaS applications (including Office 365, SalesForce, Workday, Box, Google Apps, GitHub, etc) as well as LOB based applications (including ones built with the new Windows Azure AD support we shipped last week with ASP.NET and VS 2013). Since the initial preview we’ve enhanced our SAML federation capabilities, integrated our new password vaulting system, and shipped multi-factor authentication support. We've also turned on our outbound identity provisioning system and have it working with hundreds of additional SaaS Applications: Earlier this month we published an update on dates and pricing for when the service will be released in general availability form.  In this blog post we announced our intention to release the service in general availability form by the end of the year.  We also announced that the below features would be available in a free tier with it: SSO to every SaaS app we integrate with – Users can Single Sign On to any app we are integrated with at no charge. This includes all the top SAAS Apps and every app in our application gallery whether they use federation or password vaulting. Application access assignment and removal – IT Admins can assign access privileges to web applications to the users in their active directory assuring that every employee has access to the SAAS Apps they need. And when a user leaves the company or changes jobs, the admin can just as easily remove their access privileges assuring data security and minimizing IP loss User provisioning (and de-provisioning) – IT admins will be able to automatically provision users in 3rd party SaaS applications like Box, Salesforce.com, GoToMeeting, DropBox and others. We are working with key partners in the ecosystem to establish these connections, meaning you no longer have to continually update user records in multiple systems. Security and auditing reports – Security is a key priority for us. With the free version of these enhancements you'll get access to our standard set of access reports giving you visibility into which users are using which applications, when they were using them and where they are using them from. In addition, we'll alert you to un-usual usage patterns for instance when a user logs in from multiple locations at the same time. Our Application Access Panel – Users are logging in from every type of devices including Windows, iOS, & Android. Not all of these devices handle authentication in the same manner but the user doesn't care. They need to access their apps from the devices they love. Our Application Access Panel will support the ability for users to access access and launch their apps from any device and anywhere. You can learn more about our plans for application management with Windows Azure Active Directory here.  Try out the preview and start using it today. Enterprise Management: Use Active Directory to Better Manage Windows Azure Windows Azure Active Directory provides the ability to manage your organization in a directory which is hosted entirely in the cloud, or alternatively kept in sync with an on-premises Windows Server Active Directory solution (allowing you to seamlessly integrate with the directory you already have).  With today’s Windows Azure release we are integrating Windows Azure Active Directory even more within the core Windows Azure management experience, and enabling an even richer enterprise security offering.  Specifically: 1) All Windows Azure accounts now have a default Windows Azure Active Directory created for them.  You can create and map any users you want into this directory, and grant administrative rights to manage resources in Windows Azure to these users. 2) You can keep this directory entirely hosted in the cloud – or optionally sync it with your on-premises Windows Server Active Directory.  Both options are free.  The later approach is ideal for companies that wish to use their corporate user identities to sign-in and manage Windows Azure resources.  It also ensures that if an employee leaves an organization, his or her access control rights to the company’s Windows Azure resources are immediately revoked. 3) The Windows Azure Service Management APIs have been updated to support using Windows Azure Active Directory credentials to sign-in and perform management operations.  Prior to today’s release customers had to download and use management certificates (which were not scoped to individual users) to perform management operations.  We still support this management certificate approach (don’t worry – nothing will stop working).  But we think the new Windows Azure Active Directory authentication support enables an even easier and more secure way for customers to manage resources going forward.  4) The Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release (which is also shipping today) includes built-in support for the new Service Management APIs that authenticate with Windows Azure Active Directory, and now allow you to create and manage Windows Azure applications and resources directly within Visual Studio using your Active Directory credentials.  This, combined with updated PowerShell scripts that also support Active Directory, enables an end-to-end enterprise authentication story with Windows Azure. Below are some details on how all of this works: Subscriptions within a Directory As part of today’s update, we have associated all existing Window Azure accounts with a Windows Azure Active Directory (and created one for you if you don’t already have one). When you login to the Windows Azure Management Portal you’ll now see the directory name in the URI of the browser.  For example, in the screen-shot below you can see that I have a “scottgu” directory that my subscriptions are hosted within: Note that you can continue to use Microsoft Accounts (formerly known as Microsoft Live IDs) to sign-into Windows Azure.  These map just fine to a Windows Azure Active Directory – so there is no need to create new usernames that are specific to a directory if you don’t want to.  In the scenario above I’m actually logged in using my @hotmail.com based Microsoft ID which is now mapped to a “scottgu” active directory that was created for me.  By default everything will continue to work just like you used to before. Manage your Directory You can manage an Active Directory (including the one we now create for you by default) by clicking the “Active Directory” tab in the left-hand side of the portal.  This will list all of the directories in your account.  Clicking one the first time will display a getting started page that provides documentation and links to perform common tasks with it: You can use the built-in directory management support within the Windows Azure Management Portal to add/remove/manage users within the directory, enable multi-factor authentication, associate a custom domain (e.g. mycompanyname.com) with the directory, and/or rename the directory to whatever friendly name you want (just click the configure tab to do this).  You can also setup the directory to automatically sync with an on-premises Active Directory using the “Directory Integration” tab. Note that users within a directory by default do not have admin rights to login or manage Windows Azure based resources.  You still need to explicitly grant them co-admin permissions on a subscription for them to login or manage resources in Windows Azure.  You can do this by clicking the Settings tab on the left-hand side of the portal and then by clicking the administrators tab within it. Sign-In Integration within Visual Studio If you install the new Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release, you can now connect to Windows Azure from directly inside Visual Studio without having to download any management certificates.  You can now just right-click on the “Windows Azure” icon within the Server Explorer and choose the “Connect to Windows Azure” context menu option to do so: Doing this will prompt you to enter the email address of the username you wish to sign-in with (make sure this account is a user in your directory with co-admin rights on a subscription): You can use either a Microsoft Account (e.g. Windows Live ID) or an Active Directory based Organizational account as the email.  The dialog will update with an appropriate login prompt depending on which type of email address you enter: Once you sign-in you’ll see the Windows Azure resources that you have permissions to manage show up automatically within the Visual Studio server explorer and be available to start using: No downloading of management certificates required.  All of the authentication was handled using your Windows Azure Active Directory! Manage Subscriptions across Multiple Directories If you have already have multiple directories and multiple subscriptions within your Windows Azure account, we have done our best to create a good default mapping of your subscriptions->directories as part of today’s update.  If you don’t like the default subscription-to-directory mapping we have done you can click the Settings tab in the left-hand navigation of the Windows Azure Management Portal and browse to the Subscriptions tab within it: If you want to map a subscription under a different directory in your account, simply select the subscription from the list, and then click the “Edit Directory” button to choose which directory to map it to.  Mapping a subscription to a different directory takes only seconds and will not cause any of the resources within the subscription to recycle or stop working.  We’ve made the directory->subscription mapping process self-service so that you always have complete control and can map things however you want. Filtering By Directory and Subscription Within the Windows Azure Management Portal you can filter resources in the portal by subscription (allowing you to show/hide different subscriptions).  If you have subscriptions mapped to multiple directory tenants, we also now have a filter drop-down that allows you to filter the subscription list by directory tenant.  This filter is only available if you have multiple subscriptions mapped to multiple directories within your Windows Azure Account:   Windows Azure SDK 2.2 Today we are also releasing a major update of our Windows Azure SDK.  The Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release adds some great new features including: Visual Studio 2013 Support Integrated Windows Azure Sign-In support within Visual Studio Remote Debugging Cloud Services with Visual Studio Firewall Management support within Visual Studio for SQL Databases Visual Studio 2013 RTM VM Images for MSDN Subscribers Windows Azure Management Libraries for .NET Updated Windows Azure PowerShell Cmdlets and ScriptCenter I’ll post a follow-up blog shortly with more details about all of the above. Additional Updates In addition to the above enhancements, today’s release also includes a number of additional improvements: AutoScale: Richer time and date based scheduling support (set different rules on different dates) AutoScale: Ability to Scale to Zero Virtual Machines (very useful for Dev/Test scenarios) AutoScale: Support for time-based scheduling of Mobile Service AutoScale rules Operation Logs: Auditing support for Service Bus management operations Today we also shipped a major update to the Windows Azure SDK – Windows Azure SDK 2.2.  It has so much goodness in it that I have a whole second blog post coming shortly on it! :-) Summary Today’s Windows Azure release enables a bunch of great new scenarios, and enables a much richer enterprise authentication offering. If you don’t already have a Windows Azure account, you can sign-up for a free trial and start using all of the above features today.  Then visit the Windows Azure Developer Center to learn more about how to build apps with it. Hope this helps, Scott P.S. In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu

    Read the article

  • Developing Spring Portlet for use inside Weblogic Portal / Webcenter Portal

    - by Murali Veligeti
    We need to understand the main difference between portlet workflow and servlet workflow.The main difference between portlet workflow and servlet workflow is that, the request to the portlet can have two distinct phases: 1) Action phase 2) Render phase. The Action phase is executed only once and is where any 'backend' changes or actions occur, such as making changes in a database. The Render phase then produces what is displayed to the user each time the display is refreshed. The critical point here is that for a single overall request, the action phase is executed only once, but the render phase may be executed multiple times. This provides a clean separation between the activities that modify the persistent state of your system and the activities that generate what is displayed to the user.The dual phases of portlet requests are one of the real strengths of the JSR-168 specification. For example, dynamic search results can be updated routinely on the display without the user explicitly re-running the search. Most other portlet MVC frameworks attempt to completely hide the two phases from the developer and make it look as much like traditional servlet development as possible - we think this approach removes one of the main benefits of using portlets. So, the separation of the two phases is preserved throughout the Spring Portlet MVC framework. The primary manifestation of this approach is that where the servlet version of the MVC classes will have one method that deals with the request, the portlet version of the MVC classes will have two methods that deal with the request: one for the action phase and one for the render phase. For example, where the servlet version of AbstractController has the handleRequestInternal(..) method, the portlet version of AbstractController has handleActionRequestInternal(..) and handleRenderRequestInternal(..) methods.The Spring Portlet Framework is designed around a DispatcherPortlet that dispatches requests to handlers, with configurable handler mappings and view resolution, just as the DispatcherServlet in the Spring Web Framework does.  Developing portlet.xml Let's start the sample development by creating the portlet.xml file in the /WebContent/WEB-INF/ folder as shown below: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <portlet-app version="2.0" xmlns="http://java.sun.com/xml/ns/portlet/portlet-app_2_0.xsd" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"> <portlet> <portlet-name>SpringPortletName</portlet-name> <portlet-class>org.springframework.web.portlet.DispatcherPortlet</portlet-class> <supports> <mime-type>text/html</mime-type> <portlet-mode>view</portlet-mode> </supports> <portlet-info> <title>SpringPortlet</title> </portlet-info> </portlet> </portlet-app> DispatcherPortlet is responsible for handling every client request. When it receives a request, it finds out which Controller class should be used for handling this request, and then it calls its handleActionRequest() or handleRenderRequest() method based on the request processing phase. The Controller class executes business logic and returns a View name that should be used for rendering markup to the user. The DispatcherPortlet then forwards control to that View for actual markup generation. As you can see, DispatcherPortlet is the central dispatcher for use within Spring Portlet MVC Framework. Note that your portlet application can define more than one DispatcherPortlet. If it does so, then each of these portlets operates its own namespace, loading its application context and handler mapping. The DispatcherPortlet is also responsible for loading application context (Spring configuration file) for this portlet. First, it tries to check the value of the configLocation portlet initialization parameter. If that parameter is not specified, it takes the portlet name (that is, the value of the <portlet-name> element), appends "-portlet.xml" to it, and tries to load that file from the /WEB-INF folder. In the portlet.xml file, we did not specify the configLocation initialization parameter, so let's create SpringPortletName-portlet.xml file in the next section. Developing SpringPortletName-portlet.xml Create the SpringPortletName-portlet.xml file in the /WebContent/WEB-INF folder of your application as shown below: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-2.0.xsd"> <bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.InternalResourceViewResolver"> <property name="viewClass" value="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.JstlView"/> <property name="prefix" value="/jsp/"/> <property name="suffix" value=".jsp"/> </bean> <bean id="pointManager" class="com.wlp.spring.bo.internal.PointManagerImpl"> <property name="users"> <list> <ref bean="point1"/> <ref bean="point2"/> <ref bean="point3"/> <ref bean="point4"/> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="point1" class="com.wlp.spring.bean.User"> <property name="name" value="Murali"/> <property name="points" value="6"/> </bean> <bean id="point2" class="com.wlp.spring.bean.User"> <property name="name" value="Sai"/> <property name="points" value="13"/> </bean> <bean id="point3" class="com.wlp.spring.bean.User"> <property name="name" value="Rama"/> <property name="points" value="43"/> </bean> <bean id="point4" class="com.wlp.spring.bean.User"> <property name="name" value="Krishna"/> <property name="points" value="23"/> </bean> <bean id="messageSource" class="org.springframework.context.support.ResourceBundleMessageSource"> <property name="basename" value="messages"/> </bean> <bean name="/users.htm" id="userController" class="com.wlp.spring.controller.UserController"> <property name="pointManager" ref="pointManager"/> </bean> <bean name="/pointincrease.htm" id="pointIncreaseController" class="com.wlp.spring.controller.IncreasePointsFormController"> <property name="sessionForm" value="true"/> <property name="pointManager" ref="pointManager"/> <property name="commandName" value="pointIncrease"/> <property name="commandClass" value="com.wlp.spring.bean.PointIncrease"/> <property name="formView" value="pointincrease"/> <property name="successView" value="users"/> </bean> <bean id="parameterMappingInterceptor" class="org.springframework.web.portlet.handler.ParameterMappingInterceptor" /> <bean id="portletModeParameterHandlerMapping" class="org.springframework.web.portlet.handler.PortletModeParameterHandlerMapping"> <property name="order" value="1" /> <property name="interceptors"> <list> <ref bean="parameterMappingInterceptor" /> </list> </property> <property name="portletModeParameterMap"> <map> <entry key="view"> <map> <entry key="pointincrease"> <ref bean="pointIncreaseController" /> </entry> <entry key="users"> <ref bean="userController" /> </entry> </map> </entry> </map> </property> </bean> <bean id="portletModeHandlerMapping" class="org.springframework.web.portlet.handler.PortletModeHandlerMapping"> <property name="order" value="2" /> <property name="portletModeMap"> <map> <entry key="view"> <ref bean="userController" /> </entry> </map> </property> </bean> </beans> The SpringPortletName-portlet.xml file is an application context file for your MVC portlet. It has a couple of bean definitions: viewController. At this point, remember that the viewController bean definition points to the com.ibm.developerworks.springmvc.ViewController.java class. portletModeHandlerMapping. As we discussed in the last section, whenever DispatcherPortlet gets a client request, it tries to find a suitable Controller class for handling that request. That is where PortletModeHandlerMapping comes into the picture. The PortletModeHandlerMapping class is a simple implementation of the HandlerMapping interface and is used by DispatcherPortlet to find a suitable Controller for every request. The PortletModeHandlerMapping class uses Portlet mode for the current request to find a suitable Controller class to use for handling the request. The portletModeMap property of portletModeHandlerMapping bean is the place where we map the Portlet mode name against the Controller class. In the sample code, we show that viewController is responsible for handling View mode requests. Developing UserController.java In the preceding section, you learned that the viewController bean is responsible for handling all the View mode requests. Your next step is to create the UserController.java class as shown below: public class UserController extends AbstractController { private PointManager pointManager; public void handleActionRequest(ActionRequest request, ActionResponse response) throws Exception { } public ModelAndView handleRenderRequest(RenderRequest request, RenderResponse response) throws ServletException, IOException { String now = (new java.util.Date()).toString(); Map<String, Object> myModel = new HashMap<String, Object>(); myModel.put("now", now); myModel.put("users", this.pointManager.getUsers()); return new ModelAndView("users", "model", myModel); } public void setPointManager(PointManager pointManager) { this.pointManager = pointManager; } } Every controller class in Spring Portlet MVC Framework must implement the org.springframework.web. portlet.mvc.Controller interface directly or indirectly. To make things easier, Spring Framework provides AbstractController class, which is the default implementation of the Controller interface. As a developer, you should always extend your controller from either AbstractController or one of its more specific subclasses. Any implementation of the Controller class should be reusable, thread-safe, and capable of handling multiple requests throughout the lifecycle of the portlet. In the sample code, we create the ViewController class by extending it from AbstractController. Because we don't want to do any action processing in the HelloSpringPortletMVC portlet, we override only the handleRenderRequest() method of AbstractController. Now, the only thing that HelloWorldPortletMVC should do is render the markup of View.jsp to the user when it receives a user request to do so. To do that, return the object of ModelAndView with a value of view equal to View. Developing web.xml According to Portlet Specification 1.0, every portlet application is also a Servlet Specification 2.3-compliant Web application, and it needs a Web application deployment descriptor (that is, web.xml). Let’s create the web.xml file in the /WEB-INF/ folder as shown in listing 4. Follow these steps: Open the existing web.xml file located at /WebContent/WEB-INF/web.xml. Replace the contents of this file with the code as shown below: <servlet> <servlet-name>ViewRendererServlet</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.servlet.ViewRendererServlet</servlet-class> </servlet> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>ViewRendererServlet</servlet-name> <url-pattern>/WEB-INF/servlet/view</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping> <context-param> <param-name>contextConfigLocation</param-name> <param-value>/WEB-INF/applicationContext.xml</param-value> </context-param> <listener> <listener-class>org.springframework.web.context.ContextLoaderListener</listener-class> </listener> The web.xml file for the sample portlet declares two things: ViewRendererServlet. The ViewRendererServlet is the bridge servlet for portlet support. During the render phase, DispatcherPortlet wraps PortletRequest into ServletRequest and forwards control to ViewRendererServlet for actual rendering. This process allows Spring Portlet MVC Framework to use the same View infrastructure as that of its servlet version, that is, Spring Web MVC Framework. ContextLoaderListener. The ContextLoaderListener class takes care of loading Web application context at the time of the Web application startup. The Web application context is shared by all the portlets in the portlet application. In case of duplicate bean definition, the bean definition in the portlet application context takes precedence over the Web application context. The ContextLoader class tries to read the value of the contextConfigLocation Web context parameter to find out the location of the context file. If the contextConfigLocation parameter is not set, then it uses the default value, which is /WEB-INF/applicationContext.xml, to load the context file. The Portlet Controller interface requires two methods that handle the two phases of a portlet request: the action request and the render request. The action phase should be capable of handling an action request and the render phase should be capable of handling a render request and returning an appropriate model and view. While the Controller interface is quite abstract, Spring Portlet MVC offers a lot of controllers that already contain a lot of the functionality you might need – most of these are very similar to controllers from Spring Web MVC. The Controller interface just defines the most common functionality required of every controller - handling an action request, handling a render request, and returning a model and a view. How rendering works As you know, when the user tries to access a page with PointSystemPortletMVC portlet on it or when the user performs some action on any other portlet on that page or tries to refresh that page, a render request is sent to the PointSystemPortletMVC portlet. In the sample code, because DispatcherPortlet is the main portlet class, Weblogic Portal / Webcenter Portal calls its render() method and then the following sequence of events occurs: The render() method of DispatcherPortlet calls the doDispatch() method, which in turn calls the doRender() method. After the doRenderService() method gets control, first it tries to find out the locale of the request by calling the PortletRequest.getLocale() method. This locale is used while making all the locale-related decisions for choices such as which resource bundle should be loaded or which JSP should be displayed to the user based on the locale. After that, the doRenderService() method starts iterating through all the HandlerMapping classes configured for this portlet, calling their getHandler() method to identify the appropriate Controller for handling this request. In the sample code, we have configured only PortletModeHandlerMapping as a HandlerMapping class. The PortletModeHandlerMapping class reads the value of the current portlet mode, and based on that, it finds out, the Controller class that should be used to handle this request. In the sample code, ViewController is configured to handle the View mode request so that the PortletModeHandlerMapping class returns the object of ViewController. After the object of ViewController is returned, the doRenderService() method calls its handleRenderRequestInternal() method. Implementation of the handleRenderRequestInternal() method in ViewController.java is very simple. It logs a message saying that it got control, and then it creates an instance of ModelAndView with a value equal to View and returns it to DispatcherPortlet. After control returns to doRenderService(), the next task is to figure out how to render View. For that, DispatcherPortlet starts iterating through all the ViewResolvers configured in your portlet application, calling their resolveViewName() method. In the sample code we have configured only one ViewResolver, InternalResourceViewResolver. When its resolveViewName() method is called with viewName, it tries to add /WEB-INF/jsp as a prefix to the view name and to add JSP as a suffix. And it checks if /WEB-INF/jsp/View.jsp exists. If it does exist, it returns the object of JstlView wrapping View.jsp. After control is returned to the doRenderService() method, it creates the object PortletRequestDispatcher, which points to /WEB-INF/servlet/view – that is, ViewRendererServlet. Then it sets the object of JstlView in the request and dispatches the request to ViewRendererServlet. After ViewRendererServlet gets control, it reads the JstlView object from the request attribute and creates another RequestDispatcher pointing to the /WEB-INF/jsp/View.jsp URL and passes control to it for actual markup generation. The markup generated by View.jsp is returned to user. At this point, you may question the need for ViewRendererServlet. Why can't DispatcherPortlet directly forward control to View.jsp? Adding ViewRendererServlet in between allows Spring Portlet MVC Framework to reuse the existing View infrastructure. You may appreciate this more when we discuss how easy it is to integrate Apache Tiles Framework with your Spring Portlet MVC Framework. The attached project SpringPortlet.zip should be used to import the project in to your OEPE Workspace. SpringPortlet_Jars.zip contains jar files required for the application. Project is written on Spring 2.5.  The same JSR 168 portlet should work on Webcenter Portal as well.  Downloads: Download WeblogicPotal Project which consists of Spring Portlet. Download Spring Jars In-addition to above you need to download Spring.jar (Spring2.5)

    Read the article

  • XNA Screen Manager problem with transitions

    - by NexAddo
    I'm having issues using the game statemanagement example in the game I am developing. I have no issues with my first three screens transitioning between one another. I have a main menu screen, a splash screen and a high score screen that cycle: mainMenuScreen->splashScreen->highScoreScreen->mainMenuScreen The screens change every 15 seconds. Transition times public MainMenuScreen() { TransitionOnTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); TransitionOffTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.0); currentCreditAmount = Global.CurrentCredits; } public SplashScreen() { TransitionOnTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); TransitionOffTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); } public HighScoreScreen() { TransitionOnTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); TransitionOffTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); } public GamePlayScreen() { TransitionOnTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); TransitionOffTime = TimeSpan.FromSeconds(0.5); } When a user inserts credits they can play the game after pressing start mainMenuScreen->splashScreen->highScoreScreen->(loops forever) || || || ===========Credits In============= || Start || \/ LoadingScreen || Start || \/ GamePlayScreen During each of these transitions, between screens, the same code is used, which exits(removes) all current active screens and respects transitions, then adds the new screen to the screen manager: foreach (GameScreen screen in ScreenManager.GetScreens()) screen.ExitScreen(); //AddScreen takes a new screen to manage and the controlling player ScreenManager.AddScreen(new NameOfScreenHere(), null); Each screen is removed from the ScreenManager with ExitScreen() and using this function, each screen transition is respected. The problem I am having is with my gamePlayScreen. When the current game is finished and the transition is complete for the gamePlayScreen, it should be removed and the next screens should be added to the ScreenManager. GamePlayScreen Code Snippet private void FinishCurrentGame() { AudioManager.StopSounds(); this.UnloadContent(); if (Global.SaveDevice.IsReady) Stats.Save(); if (HighScoreScreen.IsInHighscores(timeLimit)) { foreach (GameScreen screen in ScreenManager.GetScreens()) screen.ExitScreen(); Global.TimeRemaining = timeLimit; ScreenManager.AddScreen(new BackgroundScreen(), null); ScreenManager.AddScreen(new MessageBoxScreen("Enter your Initials", true), null); } else { foreach (GameScreen screen in ScreenManager.GetScreens()) screen.ExitScreen(); ScreenManager.AddScreen(new BackgroundScreen(), null); ScreenManager.AddScreen(new MainMenuScreen(), null); } } The problem is that when isExiting is set to true by screen.ExitScreen() for the gamePlayScreen, the transition never completes the transition and removes the screen from the ScreenManager. Every other screen that I use the same technique to add and remove each screen fully transitions On/Off and is removed at the appropriate time from the ScreenManager, but noy my GamePlayScreen. Has anyone that has used the GameStateManagement example experienced this issue or can someone see the mistake I am making? EDIT This is what I tracked down. When the game is done, I call foreach (GameScreen screen in ScreenManager.GetScreens()) screen.ExitScreen(); to start the transition off process for the gameplay screen. At this point there is only 1 screen on the ScreenManager stack. The gamePlay screen gets isExiting set to true and starts to transition off. Right after the above call to ExitScreen() I add a background screen and menu screen to the screenManager: ScreenManager.AddScreen(new background(), null); ScreenManager.AddScreen(new Menu(), null); The count of the ScreenManager is now 3. What I noticed while stepping through the updates for GameScreen and ScreenManager, the gameplay screen never gets to the point where the transistion process finishes so the ScreenManager can remove it from the stack. This anomaly does not happen to any of my other screens when I switch between them. Screen Manager Code #region File Description //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ScreenManager.cs // // Microsoft XNA Community Game Platform // Copyright (C) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #endregion #define DEMO #region Using Statements using System; using System.Diagnostics; using System.Collections.Generic; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Content; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Graphics; using PerformanceUtility.GameDebugTools; #endregion namespace GameStateManagement { /// <summary> /// The screen manager is a component which manages one or more GameScreen /// instances. It maintains a stack of screens, calls their Update and Draw /// methods at the appropriate times, and automatically routes input to the /// topmost active screen. /// </summary> public class ScreenManager : DrawableGameComponent { #region Fields List<GameScreen> screens = new List<GameScreen>(); List<GameScreen> screensToUpdate = new List<GameScreen>(); InputState input = new InputState(); SpriteBatch spriteBatch; SpriteFont font; Texture2D blankTexture; bool isInitialized; bool getOut; bool traceEnabled; #if DEBUG DebugSystem debugSystem; Stopwatch stopwatch = new Stopwatch(); bool debugTextEnabled; #endif #endregion #region Properties /// <summary> /// A default SpriteBatch shared by all the screens. This saves /// each screen having to bother creating their own local instance. /// </summary> public SpriteBatch SpriteBatch { get { return spriteBatch; } } /// <summary> /// A default font shared by all the screens. This saves /// each screen having to bother loading their own local copy. /// </summary> public SpriteFont Font { get { return font; } } public Rectangle ScreenRectangle { get { return new Rectangle(0, 0, GraphicsDevice.Viewport.Width, GraphicsDevice.Viewport.Height); } } /// <summary> /// If true, the manager prints out a list of all the screens /// each time it is updated. This can be useful for making sure /// everything is being added and removed at the right times. /// </summary> public bool TraceEnabled { get { return traceEnabled; } set { traceEnabled = value; } } #if DEBUG public bool DebugTextEnabled { get { return debugTextEnabled; } set { debugTextEnabled = value; } } public DebugSystem DebugSystem { get { return debugSystem; } } #endif #endregion #region Initialization /// <summary> /// Constructs a new screen manager component. /// </summary> public ScreenManager(Game game) : base(game) { // we must set EnabledGestures before we can query for them, but // we don't assume the game wants to read them. //TouchPanel.EnabledGestures = GestureType.None; } /// <summary> /// Initializes the screen manager component. /// </summary> public override void Initialize() { base.Initialize(); #if DEBUG debugSystem = DebugSystem.Initialize(Game, "Fonts/MenuFont"); #endif isInitialized = true; } /// <summary> /// Load your graphics content. /// </summary> protected override void LoadContent() { // Load content belonging to the screen manager. ContentManager content = Game.Content; spriteBatch = new SpriteBatch(GraphicsDevice); font = content.Load<SpriteFont>(@"Fonts\menufont"); blankTexture = content.Load<Texture2D>(@"Textures\Backgrounds\blank"); // Tell each of the screens to load their content. foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) { screen.LoadContent(); } } /// <summary> /// Unload your graphics content. /// </summary> protected override void UnloadContent() { // Tell each of the screens to unload their content. foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) { screen.UnloadContent(); } } #endregion #region Update and Draw /// <summary> /// Allows each screen to run logic. /// </summary> public override void Update(GameTime gameTime) { #if DEBUG debugSystem.TimeRuler.StartFrame(); debugSystem.TimeRuler.BeginMark("Update", Color.Blue); if (debugTextEnabled && getOut == false) { debugSystem.FpsCounter.Visible = true; debugSystem.TimeRuler.Visible = true; debugSystem.TimeRuler.ShowLog = true; getOut = true; } else if (debugTextEnabled == false) { getOut = false; debugSystem.FpsCounter.Visible = false; debugSystem.TimeRuler.Visible = false; debugSystem.TimeRuler.ShowLog = false; } #endif // Read the keyboard and gamepad. input.Update(); // Make a copy of the master screen list, to avoid confusion if // the process of updating one screen adds or removes others. screensToUpdate.Clear(); foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) screensToUpdate.Add(screen); bool otherScreenHasFocus = !Game.IsActive; bool coveredByOtherScreen = false; // Loop as long as there are screens waiting to be updated. while (screensToUpdate.Count > 0) { // Pop the topmost screen off the waiting list. GameScreen screen = screensToUpdate[screensToUpdate.Count - 1]; screensToUpdate.RemoveAt(screensToUpdate.Count - 1); // Update the screen. screen.Update(gameTime, otherScreenHasFocus, coveredByOtherScreen); if (screen.ScreenState == ScreenState.TransitionOn || screen.ScreenState == ScreenState.Active) { // If this is the first active screen we came across, // give it a chance to handle input. if (!otherScreenHasFocus) { screen.HandleInput(input); otherScreenHasFocus = true; } // If this is an active non-popup, inform any subsequent // screens that they are covered by it. if (!screen.IsPopup) coveredByOtherScreen = true; } } // Print debug trace? if (traceEnabled) TraceScreens(); #if DEBUG debugSystem.TimeRuler.EndMark("Update"); #endif } /// <summary> /// Prints a list of all the screens, for debugging. /// </summary> void TraceScreens() { List<string> screenNames = new List<string>(); foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) screenNames.Add(screen.GetType().Name); Debug.WriteLine(string.Join(", ", screenNames.ToArray())); } /// <summary> /// Tells each screen to draw itself. /// </summary> public override void Draw(GameTime gameTime) { #if DEBUG debugSystem.TimeRuler.StartFrame(); debugSystem.TimeRuler.BeginMark("Draw", Color.Yellow); #endif foreach (GameScreen screen in screens) { if (screen.ScreenState == ScreenState.Hidden) continue; screen.Draw(gameTime); } #if DEBUG debugSystem.TimeRuler.EndMark("Draw"); #endif #if DEMO SpriteBatch.Begin(); SpriteBatch.DrawString(font, "DEMO - NOT FOR RESALE", new Vector2(20, 80), Color.White); SpriteBatch.End(); #endif } #endregion #region Public Methods /// <summary> /// Adds a new screen to the screen manager. /// </summary> public void AddScreen(GameScreen screen, PlayerIndex? controllingPlayer) { screen.ControllingPlayer = controllingPlayer; screen.ScreenManager = this; screen.IsExiting = false; // If we have a graphics device, tell the screen to load content. if (isInitialized) { screen.LoadContent(); } screens.Add(screen); } /// <summary> /// Removes a screen from the screen manager. You should normally /// use GameScreen.ExitScreen instead of calling this directly, so /// the screen can gradually transition off rather than just being /// instantly removed. /// </summary> public void RemoveScreen(GameScreen screen) { // If we have a graphics device, tell the screen to unload content. if (isInitialized) { screen.UnloadContent(); } screens.Remove(screen); screensToUpdate.Remove(screen); } /// <summary> /// Expose an array holding all the screens. We return a copy rather /// than the real master list, because screens should only ever be added /// or removed using the AddScreen and RemoveScreen methods. /// </summary> public GameScreen[] GetScreens() { return screens.ToArray(); } /// <summary> /// Helper draws a translucent black fullscreen sprite, used for fading /// screens in and out, and for darkening the background behind popups. /// </summary> public void FadeBackBufferToBlack(float alpha) { Viewport viewport = GraphicsDevice.Viewport; spriteBatch.Begin(); spriteBatch.Draw(blankTexture, new Rectangle(0, 0, viewport.Width, viewport.Height), Color.Black * alpha); spriteBatch.End(); } #endregion } } Game Screen Parent of GamePlayScreen #region File Description //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // GameScreen.cs // // Microsoft XNA Community Game Platform // Copyright (C) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #endregion #region Using Statements using System; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework; using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Input; //using Microsoft.Xna.Framework.Input.Touch; using System.IO; #endregion namespace GameStateManagement { /// <summary> /// Enum describes the screen transition state. /// </summary> public enum ScreenState { TransitionOn, Active, TransitionOff, Hidden, } /// <summary> /// A screen is a single layer that has update and draw logic, and which /// can be combined with other layers to build up a complex menu system. /// For instance the main menu, the options menu, the "are you sure you /// want to quit" message box, and the main game itself are all implemented /// as screens. /// </summary> public abstract class GameScreen { #region Properties /// <summary> /// Normally when one screen is brought up over the top of another, /// the first screen will transition off to make room for the new /// one. This property indicates whether the screen is only a small /// popup, in which case screens underneath it do not need to bother /// transitioning off. /// </summary> public bool IsPopup { get { return isPopup; } protected set { isPopup = value; } } bool isPopup = false; /// <summary> /// Indicates how long the screen takes to /// transition on when it is activated. /// </summary> public TimeSpan TransitionOnTime { get { return transitionOnTime; } protected set { transitionOnTime = value; } } TimeSpan transitionOnTime = TimeSpan.Zero; /// <summary> /// Indicates how long the screen takes to /// transition off when it is deactivated. /// </summary> public TimeSpan TransitionOffTime { get { return transitionOffTime; } protected set { transitionOffTime = value; } } TimeSpan transitionOffTime = TimeSpan.Zero; /// <summary> /// Gets the current position of the screen transition, ranging /// from zero (fully active, no transition) to one (transitioned /// fully off to nothing). /// </summary> public float TransitionPosition { get { return transitionPosition; } protected set { transitionPosition = value; } } float transitionPosition = 1; /// <summary> /// Gets the current alpha of the screen transition, ranging /// from 1 (fully active, no transition) to 0 (transitioned /// fully off to nothing). /// </summary> public float TransitionAlpha { get { return 1f - TransitionPosition; } } /// <summary> /// Gets the current screen transition state. /// </summary> public ScreenState ScreenState { get { return screenState; } protected set { screenState = value; } } ScreenState screenState = ScreenState.TransitionOn; /// <summary> /// There are two possible reasons why a screen might be transitioning /// off. It could be temporarily going away to make room for another /// screen that is on top of it, or it could be going away for good. /// This property indicates whether the screen is exiting for real: /// if set, the screen will automatically remove itself as soon as the /// transition finishes. /// </summary> public bool IsExiting { get { return isExiting; } protected internal set { isExiting = value; } } bool isExiting = false; /// <summary> /// Checks whether this screen is active and can respond to user input. /// </summary> public bool IsActive { get { return !otherScreenHasFocus && (screenState == ScreenState.TransitionOn || screenState == ScreenState.Active); } } bool otherScreenHasFocus; /// <summary> /// Gets the manager that this screen belongs to. /// </summary> public ScreenManager ScreenManager { get { return screenManager; } internal set { screenManager = value; } } ScreenManager screenManager; public KeyboardState KeyboardState { get {return Keyboard.GetState();} } /// <summary> /// Gets the index of the player who is currently controlling this screen, /// or null if it is accepting input from any player. This is used to lock /// the game to a specific player profile. The main menu responds to input /// from any connected gamepad, but whichever player makes a selection from /// this menu is given control over all subsequent screens, so other gamepads /// are inactive until the controlling player returns to the main menu. /// </summary> public PlayerIndex? ControllingPlayer { get { return controllingPlayer; } internal set { controllingPlayer = value; } } PlayerIndex? controllingPlayer; /// <summary> /// Gets whether or not this screen is serializable. If this is true, /// the screen will be recorded into the screen manager's state and /// its Serialize and Deserialize methods will be called as appropriate. /// If this is false, the screen will be ignored during serialization. /// By default, all screens are assumed to be serializable. /// </summary> public bool IsSerializable { get { return isSerializable; } protected set { isSerializable = value; } } bool isSerializable = true; #endregion #region Initialization /// <summary> /// Load graphics content for the screen. /// </summary> public virtual void LoadContent() { } /// <summary> /// Unload content for the screen. /// </summary> public virtual void UnloadContent() { } #endregion #region Update and Draw /// <summary> /// Allows the screen to run logic, such as updating the transition position. /// Unlike HandleInput, this method is called regardless of whether the screen /// is active, hidden, or in the middle of a transition. /// </summary> public virtual void Update(GameTime gameTime, bool otherScreenHasFocus, bool coveredByOtherScreen) { this.otherScreenHasFocus = otherScreenHasFocus; if (isExiting) { // If the screen is going away to die, it should transition off. screenState = ScreenState.TransitionOff; if (!UpdateTransition(gameTime, transitionOffTime, 1)) { // When the transition finishes, remove the screen. ScreenManager.RemoveScreen(this); } } else if (coveredByOtherScreen) { // If the screen is covered by another, it should transition off. if (UpdateTransition(gameTime, transitionOffTime, 1)) { // Still busy transitioning. screenState = ScreenState.TransitionOff; } else { // Transition finished! screenState = ScreenState.Hidden; } } else { // Otherwise the screen should transition on and become active. if (UpdateTransition(gameTime, transitionOnTime, -1)) { // Still busy transitioning. screenState = ScreenState.TransitionOn; } else { // Transition finished! screenState = ScreenState.Active; } } } /// <summary> /// Helper for updating the screen transition position. /// </summary> bool UpdateTransition(GameTime gameTime, TimeSpan time, int direction) { // How much should we move by? float transitionDelta; if (time == TimeSpan.Zero) transitionDelta = 1; else transitionDelta = (float)(gameTime.ElapsedGameTime.TotalMilliseconds / time.TotalMilliseconds); // Update the transition position. transitionPosition += transitionDelta * direction; // Did we reach the end of the transition? if (((direction < 0) && (transitionPosition <= 0)) || ((direction > 0) && (transitionPosition >= 1))) { transitionPosition = MathHelper.Clamp(transitionPosition, 0, 1); return false; } // Otherwise we are still busy transitioning. return true; } /// <summary> /// Allows the screen to handle user input. Unlike Update, this method /// is only called when the screen is active, and not when some other /// screen has taken the focus. /// </summary> public virtual void HandleInput(InputState input) { } public KeyboardState currentKeyState; public KeyboardState lastKeyState; public bool IsKeyHit(Keys key) { if (currentKeyState.IsKeyDown(key) && lastKeyState.IsKeyUp(key)) return true; return false; } /// <summary> /// This is called when the screen should draw itself. /// </summary> public virtual void Draw(GameTime gameTime) { } #endregion #region Public Methods /// <summary> /// Tells the screen to serialize its state into the given stream. /// </summary> public virtual void Serialize(Stream stream) { } /// <summary> /// Tells the screen to deserialize its state from the given stream. /// </summary> public virtual void Deserialize(Stream stream) { } /// <summary> /// Tells the screen to go away. Unlike ScreenManager.RemoveScreen, which /// instantly kills the screen, this method respects the transition timings /// and will give the screen a chance to gradually transition off. /// </summary> public void ExitScreen() { if (TransitionOffTime == TimeSpan.Zero) { // If the screen has a zero transition time, remove it immediately. ScreenManager.RemoveScreen(this); } else { // Otherwise flag that it should transition off and then exit. isExiting = true; } } #endregion #region Helper Methods /// <summary> /// A helper method which loads assets using the screen manager's /// associated game content loader. /// </summary> /// <typeparam name="T">Type of asset.</typeparam> /// <param name="assetName">Asset name, relative to the loader root /// directory, and not including the .xnb extension.</param> /// <returns></returns> public T Load<T>(string assetName) { return ScreenManager.Game.Content.Load<T>(assetName); } #endregion } }

    Read the article

  • Metro: Creating an IndexedDbDataSource for WinJS

    - by Stephen.Walther
    The goal of this blog entry is to describe how you can create custom data sources which you can use with the controls in the WinJS library. In particular, I explain how you can create an IndexedDbDataSource which you can use to store and retrieve data from an IndexedDB database. If you want to skip ahead, and ignore all of the fascinating content in-between, I’ve included the complete code for the IndexedDbDataSource at the very bottom of this blog entry. What is IndexedDB? IndexedDB is a database in the browser. You can use the IndexedDB API with all modern browsers including Firefox, Chrome, and Internet Explorer 10. And, of course, you can use IndexedDB with Metro style apps written with JavaScript. If you need to persist data in a Metro style app written with JavaScript then IndexedDB is a good option. Each Metro app can only interact with its own IndexedDB databases. And, IndexedDB provides you with transactions, indices, and cursors – the elements of any modern database. An IndexedDB database might be different than the type of database that you normally use. An IndexedDB database is an object-oriented database and not a relational database. Instead of storing data in tables, you store data in object stores. You store JavaScript objects in an IndexedDB object store. You create new IndexedDB object stores by handling the upgradeneeded event when you attempt to open a connection to an IndexedDB database. For example, here’s how you would both open a connection to an existing database named TasksDB and create the TasksDB database when it does not already exist: var reqOpen = window.indexedDB.open(“TasksDB”, 2); reqOpen.onupgradeneeded = function (evt) { var newDB = evt.target.result; newDB.createObjectStore("tasks", { keyPath: "id", autoIncrement: true }); }; reqOpen.onsuccess = function () { var db = reqOpen.result; // Do something with db }; When you call window.indexedDB.open(), and the database does not already exist, then the upgradeneeded event is raised. In the code above, the upgradeneeded handler creates a new object store named tasks. The new object store has an auto-increment column named id which acts as the primary key column. If the database already exists with the right version, and you call window.indexedDB.open(), then the success event is raised. At that point, you have an open connection to the existing database and you can start doing something with the database. You use asynchronous methods to interact with an IndexedDB database. For example, the following code illustrates how you would add a new object to the tasks object store: var transaction = db.transaction(“tasks”, “readwrite”); var reqAdd = transaction.objectStore(“tasks”).add({ name: “Feed the dog” }); reqAdd.onsuccess = function() { // Tasks added successfully }; The code above creates a new database transaction, adds a new task to the tasks object store, and handles the success event. If the new task gets added successfully then the success event is raised. Creating a WinJS IndexedDbDataSource The most powerful control in the WinJS library is the ListView control. This is the control that you use to display a collection of items. If you want to display data with a ListView control, you need to bind the control to a data source. The WinJS library includes two objects which you can use as a data source: the List object and the StorageDataSource object. The List object enables you to represent a JavaScript array as a data source and the StorageDataSource enables you to represent the file system as a data source. If you want to bind an IndexedDB database to a ListView then you have a choice. You can either dump the items from the IndexedDB database into a List object or you can create a custom data source. I explored the first approach in a previous blog entry. In this blog entry, I explain how you can create a custom IndexedDB data source. Implementing the IListDataSource Interface You create a custom data source by implementing the IListDataSource interface. This interface contains the contract for the methods which the ListView needs to interact with a data source. The easiest way to implement the IListDataSource interface is to derive a new object from the base VirtualizedDataSource object. The VirtualizedDataSource object requires a data adapter which implements the IListDataAdapter interface. Yes, because of the number of objects involved, this is a little confusing. Your code ends up looking something like this: var IndexedDbDataSource = WinJS.Class.derive( WinJS.UI.VirtualizedDataSource, function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._adapter = new IndexedDbDataAdapter(dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error); this._baseDataSourceConstructor(this._adapter); }, { nuke: function () { this._adapter.nuke(); }, remove: function (key) { this._adapter.removeInternal(key); } } ); The code above is used to create a new class named IndexedDbDataSource which derives from the base VirtualizedDataSource class. In the constructor for the new class, the base class _baseDataSourceConstructor() method is called. A data adapter is passed to the _baseDataSourceConstructor() method. The code above creates a new method exposed by the IndexedDbDataSource named nuke(). The nuke() method deletes all of the objects from an object store. The code above also overrides a method named remove(). Our derived remove() method accepts any type of key and removes the matching item from the object store. Almost all of the work of creating a custom data source goes into building the data adapter class. The data adapter class implements the IListDataAdapter interface which contains the following methods: · change() · getCount() · insertAfter() · insertAtEnd() · insertAtStart() · insertBefore() · itemsFromDescription() · itemsFromEnd() · itemsFromIndex() · itemsFromKey() · itemsFromStart() · itemSignature() · moveAfter() · moveBefore() · moveToEnd() · moveToStart() · remove() · setNotificationHandler() · compareByIdentity Fortunately, you are not required to implement all of these methods. You only need to implement the methods that you actually need. In the case of the IndexedDbDataSource, I implemented the getCount(), itemsFromIndex(), insertAtEnd(), and remove() methods. If you are creating a read-only data source then you really only need to implement the getCount() and itemsFromIndex() methods. Implementing the getCount() Method The getCount() method returns the total number of items from the data source. So, if you are storing 10,000 items in an object store then this method would return the value 10,000. Here’s how I implemented the getCount() method: getCount: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var reqCount = store.count(); reqCount.onerror = that._error; reqCount.onsuccess = function (evt) { complete(evt.target.result); }; }); }); } The first thing that you should notice is that the getCount() method returns a WinJS promise. This is a requirement. The getCount() method is asynchronous which is a good thing because all of the IndexedDB methods (at least the methods implemented in current browsers) are also asynchronous. The code above retrieves an object store and then uses the IndexedDB count() method to get a count of the items in the object store. The value is returned from the promise by calling complete(). Implementing the itemsFromIndex method When a ListView displays its items, it calls the itemsFromIndex() method. By default, it calls this method multiple times to get different ranges of items. Three parameters are passed to the itemsFromIndex() method: the requestIndex, countBefore, and countAfter parameters. The requestIndex indicates the index of the item from the database to show. The countBefore and countAfter parameters represent hints. These are integer values which represent the number of items before and after the requestIndex to retrieve. Again, these are only hints and you can return as many items before and after the request index as you please. Here’s how I implemented the itemsFromIndex method: itemsFromIndex: function (requestIndex, countBefore, countAfter) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that.getCount().then(function (count) { if (requestIndex >= count) { return WinJS.Promise.wrapError(new WinJS.ErrorFromName(WinJS.UI.FetchError.doesNotExist)); } var startIndex = Math.max(0, requestIndex - countBefore); var endIndex = Math.min(count, requestIndex + countAfter + 1); that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var index = 0; var items = []; var req = store.openCursor(); req.onerror = that._error; req.onsuccess = function (evt) { var cursor = evt.target.result; if (index < startIndex) { index = startIndex; cursor.advance(startIndex); return; } if (cursor && index < endIndex) { index++; items.push({ key: cursor.value[store.keyPath].toString(), data: cursor.value }); cursor.continue(); return; } results = { items: items, offset: requestIndex - startIndex, totalCount: count }; complete(results); }; }); }); }); } In the code above, a cursor is used to iterate through the objects in an object store. You fetch the next item in the cursor by calling either the cursor.continue() or cursor.advance() method. The continue() method moves forward by one object and the advance() method moves forward a specified number of objects. Each time you call continue() or advance(), the success event is raised again. If the cursor is null then you know that you have reached the end of the cursor and you can return the results. Some things to be careful about here. First, the return value from the itemsFromIndex() method must implement the IFetchResult interface. In particular, you must return an object which has an items, offset, and totalCount property. Second, each item in the items array must implement the IListItem interface. Each item should have a key and a data property. Implementing the insertAtEnd() Method When creating the IndexedDbDataSource, I wanted to go beyond creating a simple read-only data source and support inserting and deleting objects. If you want to support adding new items with your data source then you need to implement the insertAtEnd() method. Here’s how I implemented the insertAtEnd() method for the IndexedDbDataSource: insertAtEnd:function(unused, data) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function(store) { var reqAdd = store.add(data); reqAdd.onerror = that._error; reqAdd.onsuccess = function (evt) { var reqGet = store.get(evt.target.result); reqGet.onerror = that._error; reqGet.onsuccess = function (evt) { var newItem = { key:evt.target.result[store.keyPath].toString(), data:evt.target.result } complete(newItem); }; }; }); }); } When implementing the insertAtEnd() method, you need to be careful to return an object which implements the IItem interface. In particular, you should return an object that has a key and a data property. The key must be a string and it uniquely represents the new item added to the data source. The value of the data property represents the new item itself. Implementing the remove() Method Finally, you use the remove() method to remove an item from the data source. You call the remove() method with the key of the item which you want to remove. Implementing the remove() method in the case of the IndexedDbDataSource was a little tricky. The problem is that an IndexedDB object store uses an integer key and the VirtualizedDataSource requires a string key. For that reason, I needed to override the remove() method in the derived IndexedDbDataSource class like this: var IndexedDbDataSource = WinJS.Class.derive( WinJS.UI.VirtualizedDataSource, function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._adapter = new IndexedDbDataAdapter(dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error); this._baseDataSourceConstructor(this._adapter); }, { nuke: function () { this._adapter.nuke(); }, remove: function (key) { this._adapter.removeInternal(key); } } ); When you call remove(), you end up calling a method of the IndexedDbDataAdapter named removeInternal() . Here’s what the removeInternal() method looks like: setNotificationHandler: function (notificationHandler) { this._notificationHandler = notificationHandler; }, removeInternal: function(key) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqDelete = store.delete (key); reqDelete.onerror = that._error; reqDelete.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.removed(key.toString()); complete(); }; }); }); } The removeInternal() method calls the IndexedDB delete() method to delete an item from the object store. If the item is deleted successfully then the _notificationHandler.remove() method is called. Because we are not implementing the standard IListDataAdapter remove() method, we need to notify the data source (and the ListView control bound to the data source) that an item has been removed. The way that you notify the data source is by calling the _notificationHandler.remove() method. Notice that we get the _notificationHandler in the code above by implementing another method in the IListDataAdapter interface: the setNotificationHandler() method. You can raise the following types of notifications using the _notificationHandler: · beginNotifications() · changed() · endNotifications() · inserted() · invalidateAll() · moved() · removed() · reload() These methods are all part of the IListDataNotificationHandler interface in the WinJS library. Implementing the nuke() Method I wanted to implement a method which would remove all of the items from an object store. Therefore, I created a method named nuke() which calls the IndexedDB clear() method: nuke: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqClear = store.clear(); reqClear.onerror = that._error; reqClear.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.reload(); complete(); }; }); }); } Notice that the nuke() method calls the _notificationHandler.reload() method to notify the ListView to reload all of the items from its data source. Because we are implementing a custom method here, we need to use the _notificationHandler to send an update. Using the IndexedDbDataSource To illustrate how you can use the IndexedDbDataSource, I created a simple task list app. You can add new tasks, delete existing tasks, and nuke all of the tasks. You delete an item by selecting an item (swipe or right-click) and clicking the Delete button. Here’s the HTML page which contains the ListView, the form for adding new tasks, and the buttons for deleting and nuking tasks: <!DOCTYPE html> <html> <head> <meta charset="utf-8" /> <title>DataSources</title> <!-- WinJS references --> <link href="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/css/ui-dark.css" rel="stylesheet" /> <script src="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/base.js"></script> <script src="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/ui.js"></script> <!-- DataSources references --> <link href="indexedDb.css" rel="stylesheet" /> <script type="text/javascript" src="indexedDbDataSource.js"></script> <script src="indexedDb.js"></script> </head> <body> <div id="tmplTask" data-win-control="WinJS.Binding.Template"> <div class="taskItem"> Id: <span data-win-bind="innerText:id"></span> <br /><br /> Name: <span data-win-bind="innerText:name"></span> </div> </div> <div id="lvTasks" data-win-control="WinJS.UI.ListView" data-win-options="{ itemTemplate: select('#tmplTask'), selectionMode: 'single' }"></div> <form id="frmAdd"> <fieldset> <legend>Add Task</legend> <label>New Task</label> <input id="inputTaskName" required /> <button>Add</button> </fieldset> </form> <button id="btnNuke">Nuke</button> <button id="btnDelete">Delete</button> </body> </html> And here is the JavaScript code for the TaskList app: /// <reference path="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/base.js" /> /// <reference path="//Microsoft.WinJS.1.0.RC/js/ui.js" /> function init() { WinJS.UI.processAll().done(function () { var lvTasks = document.getElementById("lvTasks").winControl; // Bind the ListView to its data source var tasksDataSource = new DataSources.IndexedDbDataSource("TasksDB", 1, "tasks", upgrade); lvTasks.itemDataSource = tasksDataSource; // Wire-up Add, Delete, Nuke buttons document.getElementById("frmAdd").addEventListener("submit", function (evt) { evt.preventDefault(); tasksDataSource.beginEdits(); tasksDataSource.insertAtEnd(null, { name: document.getElementById("inputTaskName").value }).done(function (newItem) { tasksDataSource.endEdits(); document.getElementById("frmAdd").reset(); lvTasks.ensureVisible(newItem.index); }); }); document.getElementById("btnDelete").addEventListener("click", function () { if (lvTasks.selection.count() == 1) { lvTasks.selection.getItems().done(function (items) { tasksDataSource.remove(items[0].data.id); }); } }); document.getElementById("btnNuke").addEventListener("click", function () { tasksDataSource.nuke(); }); // This method is called to initialize the IndexedDb database function upgrade(evt) { var newDB = evt.target.result; newDB.createObjectStore("tasks", { keyPath: "id", autoIncrement: true }); } }); } document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", init); The IndexedDbDataSource is created and bound to the ListView control with the following two lines of code: var tasksDataSource = new DataSources.IndexedDbDataSource("TasksDB", 1, "tasks", upgrade); lvTasks.itemDataSource = tasksDataSource; The IndexedDbDataSource is created with four parameters: the name of the database to create, the version of the database to create, the name of the object store to create, and a function which contains code to initialize the new database. The upgrade function creates a new object store named tasks with an auto-increment property named id: function upgrade(evt) { var newDB = evt.target.result; newDB.createObjectStore("tasks", { keyPath: "id", autoIncrement: true }); } The Complete Code for the IndexedDbDataSource Here’s the complete code for the IndexedDbDataSource: (function () { /************************************************ * The IndexedDBDataAdapter enables you to work * with a HTML5 IndexedDB database. *************************************************/ var IndexedDbDataAdapter = WinJS.Class.define( function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._dbName = dbName; // database name this._dbVersion = dbVersion; // database version this._objectStoreName = objectStoreName; // object store name this._upgrade = upgrade; // database upgrade script this._error = error || function (evt) { console.log(evt.message); }; }, { /******************************************* * IListDataAdapter Interface Methods ********************************************/ getCount: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var reqCount = store.count(); reqCount.onerror = that._error; reqCount.onsuccess = function (evt) { complete(evt.target.result); }; }); }); }, itemsFromIndex: function (requestIndex, countBefore, countAfter) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that.getCount().then(function (count) { if (requestIndex >= count) { return WinJS.Promise.wrapError(new WinJS.ErrorFromName(WinJS.UI.FetchError.doesNotExist)); } var startIndex = Math.max(0, requestIndex - countBefore); var endIndex = Math.min(count, requestIndex + countAfter + 1); that._getObjectStore().then(function (store) { var index = 0; var items = []; var req = store.openCursor(); req.onerror = that._error; req.onsuccess = function (evt) { var cursor = evt.target.result; if (index < startIndex) { index = startIndex; cursor.advance(startIndex); return; } if (cursor && index < endIndex) { index++; items.push({ key: cursor.value[store.keyPath].toString(), data: cursor.value }); cursor.continue(); return; } results = { items: items, offset: requestIndex - startIndex, totalCount: count }; complete(results); }; }); }); }); }, insertAtEnd:function(unused, data) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function(store) { var reqAdd = store.add(data); reqAdd.onerror = that._error; reqAdd.onsuccess = function (evt) { var reqGet = store.get(evt.target.result); reqGet.onerror = that._error; reqGet.onsuccess = function (evt) { var newItem = { key:evt.target.result[store.keyPath].toString(), data:evt.target.result } complete(newItem); }; }; }); }); }, setNotificationHandler: function (notificationHandler) { this._notificationHandler = notificationHandler; }, /***************************************** * IndexedDbDataSource Method ******************************************/ removeInternal: function(key) { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqDelete = store.delete (key); reqDelete.onerror = that._error; reqDelete.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.removed(key.toString()); complete(); }; }); }); }, nuke: function () { var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore("readwrite").done(function (store) { var reqClear = store.clear(); reqClear.onerror = that._error; reqClear.onsuccess = function (evt) { that._notificationHandler.reload(); complete(); }; }); }); }, /******************************************* * Private Methods ********************************************/ _ensureDbOpen: function () { var that = this; // Try to get cached Db if (that._cachedDb) { return WinJS.Promise.wrap(that._cachedDb); } // Otherwise, open the database return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error, progress) { var reqOpen = window.indexedDB.open(that._dbName, that._dbVersion); reqOpen.onerror = function (evt) { error(); }; reqOpen.onupgradeneeded = function (evt) { that._upgrade(evt); that._notificationHandler.invalidateAll(); }; reqOpen.onsuccess = function () { that._cachedDb = reqOpen.result; complete(that._cachedDb); }; }); }, _getObjectStore: function (type) { type = type || "readonly"; var that = this; return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._ensureDbOpen().then(function (db) { var transaction = db.transaction(that._objectStoreName, type); complete(transaction.objectStore(that._objectStoreName)); }); }); }, _get: function (key) { return new WinJS.Promise(function (complete, error) { that._getObjectStore().done(function (store) { var reqGet = store.get(key); reqGet.onerror = that._error; reqGet.onsuccess = function (item) { complete(item); }; }); }); } } ); var IndexedDbDataSource = WinJS.Class.derive( WinJS.UI.VirtualizedDataSource, function (dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error) { this._adapter = new IndexedDbDataAdapter(dbName, dbVersion, objectStoreName, upgrade, error); this._baseDataSourceConstructor(this._adapter); }, { nuke: function () { this._adapter.nuke(); }, remove: function (key) { this._adapter.removeInternal(key); } } ); WinJS.Namespace.define("DataSources", { IndexedDbDataSource: IndexedDbDataSource }); })(); Summary In this blog post, I provided an overview of how you can create a new data source which you can use with the WinJS library. I described how you can create an IndexedDbDataSource which you can use to bind a ListView control to an IndexedDB database. While describing how you can create a custom data source, I explained how you can implement the IListDataAdapter interface. You also learned how to raise notifications — such as a removed or invalidateAll notification — by taking advantage of the methods of the IListDataNotificationHandler interface.

    Read the article

  • iPhone SDK vs Windows Phone 7 Series SDK Challenge, Part 1: Hello World!

    In this series, I will be taking sample applications from the iPhone SDK and implementing them on Windows Phone 7 Series.  My goal is to do as much of an apples-to-apples comparison as I can.  This series will be written to not only compare and contrast how easy or difficult it is to complete tasks on either platform, how many lines of code, etc., but Id also like it to be a way for iPhone developers to either get started on Windows Phone 7 Series development, or for developers in general to learn the platform. Heres my methodology: Run the iPhone SDK app in the iPhone Simulator to get a feel for what it does and how it works, without looking at the implementation Implement the equivalent functionality on Windows Phone 7 Series using Silverlight. Compare the two implementations based on complexity, functionality, lines of code, number of files, etc. Add some functionality to the Windows Phone 7 Series app that shows off a way to make the scenario more interesting or leverages an aspect of the platform, or uses a better design pattern to implement the functionality. You can download Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 Express for Windows Phone CTP here, and the Expression Blend 4 Beta here. Hello World! Of course no first post would be allowed if it didnt focus on the hello world scenario.  The iPhone SDK follows that tradition with the Your First iPhone Application walkthrough.  I will say that the developer documentation for iPhone is pretty good.  There are plenty of walkthoughs and they break things down into nicely sized steps and do a good job of bringing the user along.  As expected, this application is quite simple.  It comprises of a text box, a label, and a button.  When you push the button, the label changes to Hello plus the  word you typed into the text box.  Makes perfect sense for a starter application.  Theres not much to this but it covers a few basic elements: Laying out basic UI Handling user input Hooking up events Formatting text     So, lets get started building a similar app for Windows Phone 7 Series! Implementing the UI: UI in Silverlight (and therefore Windows Phone 7) is defined in XAML, which is a declarative XML language also used by WPF on the desktop.  For anyone thats familiar with similar types of markup, its relatively straightforward to learn, but has a lot of power in it once you get it figured out.  Well talk more about that. This UI is very simple.  When I look at this, I note a couple of things: Elements are arranged vertically They are all centered So, lets create our Application and then start with the UI.  Once you have the the VS 2010 Express for Windows Phone tool running, create a new Windows Phone Project, and call it Hello World: Once created, youll see the designer on one side and your XAML on the other: Now, we can create our UI in one of three ways: Use the designer in Visual Studio to drag and drop the components Use the designer in Expression Blend 4 to drag and drop the components Enter the XAML by hand in either of the above Well start with (1), then kind of move to (3) just for instructional value. To develop this UI in the designer: First, delete all of the markup between inside of the Grid element (LayoutRoot).  You should be left with just this XAML for your MainPage.xaml (i shortened all the xmlns declarations below for brevity): 1: <phoneNavigation:PhoneApplicationPage 2: x:Class="HelloWorld.MainPage" 3: xmlns="...[snip]" 4: FontFamily="{StaticResource PhoneFontFamilyNormal}" 5: FontSize="{StaticResource PhoneFontSizeNormal}" 6: Foreground="{StaticResource PhoneForegroundBrush}"> 7:   8: <Grid x:Name="LayoutRoot" Background="{StaticResource PhoneBackgroundBrush}"> 9:   10: </Grid> 11:   12: </phoneNavigation:PhoneApplicationPage> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; }   Well be adding XAML at line 9, so thats the important part. Now, Click on the center area of the phone surface Open the Toolbox and double click StackPanel Double click TextBox Double click TextBlock Double click Button That will create the necessary UI elements but they wont be arranged quite right.  Well fix it in a second.    Heres the XAML that we end up with: 1: <StackPanel Height="100" HorizontalAlignment="Left" Margin="10,10,0,0" Name="stackPanel1" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="200"> 2: <TextBox Height="32" Name="textBox1" Text="TextBox" Width="100" /> 3: <TextBlock Height="23" Name="textBlock1" Text="TextBlock" /> 4: <Button Content="Button" Height="70" Name="button1" Width="160" /> 5: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } The designer does its best at guessing what we want, but in this case we want things to be a bit simpler. So well just clean it up a bit.  We want the items to be centered and we want them to have a little bit of a margin on either side, so heres what we end up with.  Ive also made it match the values and style from the iPhone app: 1: <StackPanel Margin="10"> 2: <TextBox Name="textBox1" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Text="You" TextAlignment="Center"/> 3: <TextBlock Name="textBlock1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,100,0,0" Text="Hello You!" /> 4: <Button Name="button1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,150,0,0" Content="Hello"/> 5: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now lets take a look at what weve done there. Line 1: We removed all of the formatting from the StackPanel, except for Margin, as thats all we need.  Since our parent element is a Grid, by default the StackPanel will be sized to fit in that space.  The Margin says that we want to reserve 10 pixels on each side of the StackPanel. Line 2: Weve set the HorizontalAlignment of the TextBox to Stretch, which says that it should fill its parents size horizontally.  We want to do this so the TextBox is always full-width.  We also set TextAlignment to Center, to center the text. Line 3: In contrast to the TextBox above, we dont care how wide the TextBlock is, just so long as it is big enough for its text.  Thatll happen automatically, so we just set its Horizontal alignment to Center.  We also set a Margin above the TextBlock of 100 pixels to bump it down a bit, per the iPhone UI. Line 4: We do the same things here as in Line 3. Heres how the UI looks in the designer: Believe it or not, were almost done! Implementing the App Logic Now, we want the TextBlock to change its text when the Button is clicked.  In the designer, double click the Button to be taken to the Event Handler for the Buttons Click event.  In that event handler, we take the Text property from the TextBox, and format it into a string, then set it into the TextBlock.  Thats it! 1: private void button1_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) 2: { 3: string name = textBox1.Text; 4:   5: // if there isn't a name set, just use "World" 6: if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(name)) 7: { 8: name = "World"; 9: } 10:   11: // set the value into the TextBlock 12: textBlock1.Text = String.Format("Hello {0}!", name); 13:   14: } .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } We use the String.Format() method to handle the formatting for us.    Now all thats left is to test the app in the Windows Phone Emulator and verify it does what we think it does! And it does! Comparing against the iPhone Looking at the iPhone example, there are basically three things that you have to touch as the developer: 1) The UI in the Nib file 2) The app delegate 3) The view controller Counting lines is a bit tricky here, but to try to keep this even, Im going to only count lines of code that I could not have (or would not have) generated with the tooling.  Meaning, Im not counting XAML and Im not counting operations that happen in the Nib file with the XCode designer tool.  So in the case of the above, even though I modified the XAML, I could have done all of those operations using the visual designer tool.  And normally I would have, but the XAML is more instructive (and less steps!).  Im interested in things that I, as the developer have to figure out in code.  Im also not counting lines that just have a curly brace on them, or lines that are generated for me (e.g. method names that are generated for me when I make a connection, etc.) So, by that count, heres what I get from the code listing for the iPhone app found here: HelloWorldAppDelegate.h: 6 HelloWorldAppDelegate.m: 12 MyViewController.h: 8 MyViewController.m: 18 Which gives me a grand total of about 44 lines of code on iPhone.  I really do recommend looking at the iPhone code for a comparison to the above. Now, for the Windows Phone 7 Series application, the only code I typed was in the event handler above Main.Xaml.cs: 4 So a total of 4 lines of code on Windows Phone 7.  And more importantly, the process is just A LOT simpler.  For example, I was surprised that the User Interface Designer in XCode doesnt automatically create instance variables for me and wire them up to the corresponding elements.  I assumed I wouldnt have to write this code myself (and risk getting it wrong!).  I dont need to worry about view controllers or anything.  I just write my code.  This blog post up to this point has covered almost every aspect of this apps development in a few pages.  The iPhone tutorial has 5 top level steps with 2-3 sub sections of each. Now, its worth pointing out that the iPhone development model uses the Model View Controller (MVC) pattern, which is a very flexible and powerful pattern that enforces proper separation of concerns.  But its fairly complex and difficult to understand when you first walk up to it.  Here at Microsoft weve dabbled in MVC a bit, with frameworks like MFC on Visual C++ and with the ASP.NET MVC framework now.  Both are very powerful frameworks.  But one of the reasons weve stayed away from MVC with client UI frameworks is that its difficult to tool.  We havent seen the type of value that beats double click, write code! for the broad set of scenarios. Another thing to think about is how many of those lines of code were focused on my apps functionality?.  Or, the converse of How many lines of code were boilerplate plumbing?  In both examples, the actual number of functional code lines is similar.  I count most of them in MyViewController.m, in the changeGreeting method.  Its about 7 lines of code that do the work of taking the value from the TextBox and putting it into the label.  Versus 4 on the Windows Phone 7 side.  But, unfortunately, on iPhone I still have to write that other 37 lines of code, just to get there. 10% of the code, 1 file instead of 4, its just much simpler. Making Some Tweaks It turns out, I can actually do this application with ZERO  lines of code, if Im willing to change the spec a bit. The data binding functionality in Silverlight is incredibly powerful.  And what I can do is databind the TextBoxs value directly to the TextBlock.  Take some time looking at this XAML below.  Youll see that I have added another nested StackPanel and two more TextBlocks.  Why?  Because thats how I build that string, and the nested StackPanel will lay things out Horizontally for me, as specified by the Orientation property. 1: <StackPanel Margin="10"> 2: <TextBox Name="textBox1" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch" Text="You" TextAlignment="Center"/> 3: <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,100,0,0" > 4: <TextBlock Text="Hello " /> 5: <TextBlock Name="textBlock1" Text="{Binding ElementName=textBox1, Path=Text}" /> 6: <TextBlock Text="!" /> 7: </StackPanel> 8: <Button Name="button1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" Margin="0,150,0,0" Content="Hello" Click="button1_Click" /> 9: </StackPanel> .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } Now, the real action is there in the bolded TextBlock.Text property: Text="{Binding ElementName=textBox1, Path=Text}" .csharpcode, .csharpcode pre { font-size: small; color: black; font-family: consolas, "Courier New", courier, monospace; background-color: #ffffff; /*white-space: pre;*/ } .csharpcode pre { margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .rem { color: #008000; } .csharpcode .kwrd { color: #0000ff; } .csharpcode .str { color: #006080; } .csharpcode .op { color: #0000c0; } .csharpcode .preproc { color: #cc6633; } .csharpcode .asp { background-color: #ffff00; } .csharpcode .html { color: #800000; } .csharpcode .attr { color: #ff0000; } .csharpcode .alt { background-color: #f4f4f4; width: 100%; margin: 0em; } .csharpcode .lnum { color: #606060; } That does all the heavy lifting.  It sets up a databinding between the TextBox.Text property on textBox1 and the TextBlock.Text property on textBlock1. As I change the text of the TextBox, the label updates automatically. In fact, I dont even need the button any more, so I could get rid of that altogether.  And no button means no event handler.  No event handler means no C# code at all.  Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, November 23, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Wednesday, November 23, 2011Popular ReleasesVisual Leak Detector for Visual C++ 2008/2010: v2.2.1: Enhancements: * strdup and _wcsdup functions support added. * Preliminary support for VS 11 added. Bugs Fixed: * Low performance after upgrading from VLD v2.1. * Memory leaks with static linking fixed (disabled calloc support). * Runtime error R6002 fixed because of wrong memory dump format. * version.h fixed in installer. * Some PVS studio warning fixed.NetSqlAzMan - .NET SQL Authorization Manager: 3.6.0.10: 3.6.0.10 22-Nov-2011 Update: Removed PreEmptive Platform integration (PreEmptive analytics) Removed all PreEmptive attributes Removed PreEmptive.dll assembly references from all projects Added first support to ADAM/AD LDS Thanks to PatBea. Work Item 9775: http://netsqlazman.codeplex.com/workitem/9775Developer Team Article System Management: DTASM v1.3: ?? ??? ???? 3 ????? ???? ???? ????? ??? : - ????? ?????? ????? ???? ?? ??? ???? ????? ?? ??? ? ?? ???? ?????? ???? ?? ???? ????? ?? . - ??? ?? ???? ????? ???? ????? ???? ???? ?? ????? , ?????? ????? ????? ?? ??? . - ??? ??????? ??? ??? ???? ?? ????? ????? ????? .SharePoint 2010 FBA Pack: SharePoint 2010 FBA Pack 1.2.0: Web parts are now fully customizable via html templates (Issue #323) FBA Pack is now completely localizable using resource files. Thank you David Chen for submitting the code as well as Chinese translations of the FBA Pack! The membership request web part now gives the option of having the user enter the password and removing the captcha (Issue # 447) The FBA Pack will now work in a zone that does not have FBA enabled (Another zone must have FBA enabled, and the zone must contain the me...SharePoint 2010 Education Demo Project: Release SharePoint SP1 for Education Solutions: This release includes updates to the Content Packs for SharePoint SP1. All Content Packs have been updated to install successfully under SharePoint SP1SQL Monitor - tracking sql server activities: SQLMon 4.1 alpha 6: 1. improved support for schema 2. added find reference when right click on object list 3. added object rename supportBugNET Issue Tracker: BugNET 0.9.126: First stable release of version 0.9. Upgrades from 0.8 are fully supported and upgrades to future releases will also be supported. This release is now compiled against the .NET 4.0 framework and is a requirement. Because of this the web.config has significantly changed. After upgrading, you will need to configure the authentication settings for user registration and anonymous access again. Please see our installation / upgrade instructions for more details: http://wiki.bugnetproject.c...Anno 2070 Assistant: v0.1.0 (STABLE): Version 0.1.0 Features Production Chains Eco Production Chains (Complete) Tycoon Production Chains (Disabled - Incomplete) Tech Production Chains (Disabled - Incomplete) Supply (Disabled - Incomplete) Calculator (Disabled - Incomplete) Building Layouts Eco Building Layouts (Complete) Tycoon Building Layouts (Disabled - Incomplete) Tech Building Layouts (Disabled - Incomplete) Credits (Complete)Free SharePoint 2010 Sites Templates: SharePoint Server 2010 Sites Templates: here is the list of sites templates to be downloadedVsTortoise - a TortoiseSVN add-in for Microsoft Visual Studio: VsTortoise Build 30 Beta: Note: This release does not work with custom VsTortoise toolbars. These get removed every time when you shutdown Visual Studio. (#7940) Build 30 (beta)New: Support for TortoiseSVN 1.7 added. (the download contains both setups, for TortoiseSVN 1.6 and 1.7) New: OpenModifiedDocumentDialog displays conflicted files now. New: OpenModifiedDocument allows to group items by changelist now. Fix: OpenModifiedDocumentDialog caused Visual Studio 2010 to freeze sometimes. Fix: The installer didn...nopCommerce. Open source shopping cart (ASP.NET MVC): nopcommerce 2.30: Highlight features & improvements: • Performance optimization. • Back in stock notifications. • Product special price support. • Catalog mode (based on customer role) To see the full list of fixes and changes please visit the release notes page (http://www.nopCommerce.com/releasenotes.aspx).WPF Converters: WPF Converters V1.2.0.0: support for enumerations, value types, and reference types in the expression converter's equality operators the expression converter now handles DependencyProperty.UnsetValue as argument values correctly (#4062) StyleCop conformance (more or less)Json.NET: Json.NET 4.0 Release 4: Change - JsonTextReader.Culture is now CultureInfo.InvariantCulture by default Change - KeyValurPairConverter no longer cares about the order of the key and value properties Change - Time zone conversions now use new TimeZoneInfo instead of TimeZone Fix - Fixed boolean values sometimes being capitalized when converting to XML Fix - Fixed error when deserializing ConcurrentDictionary Fix - Fixed serializing some Uris returning the incorrect value Fix - Fixed occasional error when...Media Companion: MC 3.423b Weekly: Ensure .NET 4.0 Full Framework is installed. (Available from http://www.microsoft.com/download/en/details.aspx?id=17718) Ensure the NFO ID fix is applied when transitioning from versions prior to 3.416b. (Details here) Replaced 'Rebuild' with 'Refresh' throughout entire code. Rebuild will now be known as Refresh. mc_com.exe has been fully updated TV Show Resolutions... Resolved issue #206 - having to hit save twice when updating runtime manually Shrunk cache size and lowered loading times f...Delta Engine: Delta Engine Beta Preview v0.9.1: v0.9.1 beta release with lots of refactoring, fixes, new samples and support for iOS, Android and WP7 (you need a Marketplace account however). If you want a binary release for the games (like v0.9.0), just say so in the Forum or here and we will quickly prepare one. It is just not much different from v0.9.0, so I left it out this time. See http://DeltaEngine.net/Wiki.Roadmap for details.ASP.net Awesome Samples (Web-Forms): 1.0 samples: Demos and Tutorials for ASP.net Awesome VS2008 are in .NET 3.5 VS2010 are in .NET 4.0 (demos for the ASP.net Awesome jQuery Ajax Controls)SharpMap - Geospatial Application Framework for the CLR: SharpMap-0.9-AnyCPU-Trunk-2011.11.17: This is a build of SharpMap from the 0.9 development trunk as per 2011-11-17 For most applications the AnyCPU release is the recommended, but in case you need an x86 build that is included to. For some dataproviders (GDAL/OGR, SqLite, PostGis) you need to also referense the SharpMap.Extensions assembly For SqlServer Spatial you need to reference the SharpMap.SqlServerSpatial assemblyAJAX Control Toolkit: November 2011 Release: AJAX Control Toolkit Release Notes - November 2011 Release Version 51116November 2011 release of the AJAX Control Toolkit. AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 4 - Binary – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 4 and sample site (Recommended). AJAX Control Toolkit .NET 3.5 - Binary – AJAX Control Toolkit for .NET 3.5 and sample site (Recommended). Notes: - The current version of the AJAX Control Toolkit is not compatible with ASP.NET 2.0. The latest version that is compatible with ASP.NET 2.0 can be found h...Microsoft Ajax Minifier: Microsoft Ajax Minifier 4.36: Fix for issue #16908: string literals containing ASP.NET replacement syntax fail if the ASP.NET code contains the same character as the string literal delimiter. Also, we shouldn't be changing the delimiter for those literals or combining them with other literals; the developer may have specifically chosen the delimiter used because of possible content inserted by ASP.NET code. This logic is normally off; turn it on via the -aspnet command-line flag (or the Code.Settings.AllowEmbeddedAspNetBl...MVC Controls Toolkit: Mvc Controls Toolkit 1.5.5: Added: Now the DateRanteAttribute accepts complex expressions containing "Now" and "Today" as static minimum and maximum. Menu, MenuFor helpers capable of handling a "currently selected element". The developer can choose between using a standard nested menu based on a standard SimpleMenuItem class or specifying an item template based on a custom class. Added also helpers to build the tree structure containing all data items the menu takes infos from. Improved the pager. Now the developer ...New ProjectsActiveWorlds World Server Admin PowerShell SnapIn: The purpose of this PowerShell SnapIn is to provide a set of tools to administer the world server from PowerShell. It leverages the ActiveWorlds SDK .NET Wrapper to provide this functionality.Aigu: Enter special characters like you would on your mobile phone. For instance, if you want to type 'é', you just hold down 'e' and a menu will appear. Selected the desired character using the arrow keys and press 'enter'. Simple but powerful.Are you workaholic?: Are you a workaholic? Did your Doctor advice you not to stare at the computer monitor for a long time? Then this app is perfectly made for you. It runs in the background, and alerts you to take periodic rests for your eyes and body. What's more, It's open source (MS-PL).ATDIS PoC: privateAuto Version Web Assets: The AVWA project is an HTTP Module written in C# that is designed to allow for versioning of various web assets such as .CSS and .JS files. This allows you to publish new versions of these files without having to force the server or the client browsers to expire cache.Bachelor Thesis Algorithm Test Bed: Algorithm Test Bed for my Bachelor ThesisBase64: Simple application helps converting strings and files from or to Base64 string. You can use any encoding to convert while a sidebar previews decoded string for all other encodings.BoracayExpress: BoracayExpressC++ Framework for Test Driven Development: A testing framework for C++ written in C++.Class2Table: Class2Table aka Entity2Table. Easy tool that allows creation of SQL tables from .Net types.Code for Demos & Experiments: This is where I will post code from demos and presentationsCodeMaker: CodeMaker?????????: 1、?????????? 2、???? 3、????? 4、??Python????????? ConsoleCommand: ConsoleCommand provides certain .Net commands for access from javascript console engines. Included are commands to set the text and background colors, as well as list and extract resources compiled in a .Net dll. Converter: Character code conversion tools ???????? CryptoInator - self contained, self-encrypting, self-decrypting image viewer: Original developed to encrypt and store NemID images in Denmark. DAiBears: Something, something, botDelicious Notify Plugin: Lets you push a blog post straight to Delicious from Live WriterDeveloperFile: Compresses Javascripts using the YUI .NET project. Loops through the root folder and subfolders for files matching the debug extension and creates new files using the release extension. (File extensions must match exactly).DotNetNuke SharePoint File Explorer: A DotNetNuke SharePoint File ExplorerDouban FM: WP7 Douban FM appGame Lib: Game Library is a open-source game library to allow focusing on the fun part of a game. It is developed in C#, but will be ported to C++ and VB.net.Google reader notes to Delicious Export tool (WPF): Google reader discontinued note in reader features. Current google reader allows to export users old notes in JSON format, This App will parse the JSON file & upload it to it delicious , delicious is a good alternative for note in readerHtml Source Transmitter Control: This web control allows getting a source of a web page, that will displayed before submit. So, developer can store a view of the html page, that was before server exception. It helps to reproduce bugs and can be used with other logging systems.Ideopuzzle: A puzzle gameImageShack-Uploader: This project demonstrates how to upload files automated to imageshack.us and other image hosters with C#.Insert Acronym Tags: Lets you insert <acronym> and <abbr> tags into your blog entry more easily.Insert Quick Link: Allows you to paste a link into the Writer window and have the a window similar to the one in Writer where you can change what text is to appear, open in new window, etc.Insert Video Plugin: Allows you to insert a video into a blog entry from a multitude of different sitesIoCWrap: Provides a wrapper to the various IoC container implementations so that it is possible to switch to a different provider without changing any application code.kaveepoj: sharepoint projectKinect Quiz Engine: Fun quiz game for the Kinect.Klaverjas: Test application for testing different new technologies in .NET (WCF, DataServices, C# stuff, Entity...etc.)Man In The Middle: A cyberpunk themed action with puzzle and strategy elements. Made with XNA as part of a game development course at the IT University of Copenhagen by Bo Bendtsen, Jonas Flensbak, Daniel Kromand, Jess Rahbek & Darryl Woodford.MediaSelektor: Simple tool to select mediasMicajah Mindtouch Deki Wiki Copier: Small C# application to move data between 2 Deki Wiki installs or, more importantly, from a wik.is account to a locally installed systemMineFlagger: MineFlagger is a mine clearing game modeled after Microsoft’s Minesweeper. In addition to standard play, MineFlagger incorporates an AI for fun and training.myXbyqwrhjadsfasfhgf: myXbyqwrhjadsfasfhgfnatoop: natoopNauplius.KeyStore: Provides secure application key storage backed by SQL 2008 and Active Directory.ObjectDB: An object database written using C# 4 and Mono.Cecil.PaceR: PaceR is an attempt to encapsulate a lot of the common code functionality I use on different projects. Instead of recreating functionality from memory or worse, copying from older projects, I'd like to have a central location to maintain this common code. Parseq: Parseq is a Parser Combinator library written in C# (version 2.0).PowerShell Network Adapter Configuration module: PowerShell Network Adapter Configuration module is a PowerShell module which provides functions for managing network adapters using WMI.public traffic tracker: This is a university project for a .net course. We develop a public traffic tracker applications for Windows Phone 7 devices, that can give information about the actual positions of the nearest vehicle on a given line. The speciality is that we use only the GPS information of the users' WP7 devices, so this is a completely software solution without any hardware investment. The disatvantage is that for the real operation we would need a lot of active WP7 user.puyo: puyoRadioTroll: Projeto web Radio TrollRead Feed Community: Read Feed CommunityReviewer: Reviewer.dk - Dansk spil og anmeldelsessite.Rollout Sharepoint Solutions - ROSS: ROSS performs the following actions: - Delete sitecollection and restart services - 'Get Latest Version' from SourceSafe - Rebuild Solution - Install all wsp solutions - Create SiteCollections - Check for build en provisioning errors - Send email to developers if errors occurredSchool Management: school managementSQL File Executer: This project is a class library written in c# which is used for executing *.sql files in remote server. Simply one dll file. You include it in your web project, add using statement at the top of your page, pass the parameters inside. Rest, it will do.Startup Manager: Startup Manager launches all startup programs at a managed rate therefore meaning that your computer doesn't crash everytime it starts up and you can use it immediately.stetic: ...Test Infrastructure Guidance: The purpose of this project is to provide guidance to testers in using TFS effectively as an ALM solution. TFS is much more than a simple code repository. Used with Visual Studio it can form a powerful testing solution and remove a lot of pain in dealing with test infrastructure overhead.Tête-à-tête: Tete-a-tete is an address book with a built-in function to send electronic mail over the Internet.Tipeysh! - Add-in that helps you creating C/C++ header files on a single click: Are you also feel miserable when you need to create a new header file in your Visual Studio C/C++ project? Repeatedly choosing "new header file", then writing the annoying (but needed) "#ifndef" section, then writing the class name with it's "private", "protected" and "public" access modifiers... too much clicks and typewriting! Well, there is a solution: Tipeysh! is a simple, easy to use, very handy and configurable Visual Studio Add-In, compatible for both the 2005 and 2008 versions. Once ...UMN Dashboard Project: academic projUsersMOSS: UsersMOSS est une petite application permettant de consulter sur un serveur MOSS les sites web (SPWeb) les users (SPUser), et les groupes (SPGroup). Cette application utilise le modèle objet de MOSS pour inspecter le contenu des objets d'un serveur MOSS. Cette application est loin d'être professionnelle, ou même terminée, mais elle me rend très souvent service. Surtout ne l'utilisez pas sur un serveur de production car le gestion du GC n'est pas faite, ce qui peut provoquer des plantages de v...UtilityLibrary.Win32: UtilityLibrary.Win32UW iLearn: The iLearn activity inference platform is a suite of desktop and mobile tools for logging, modeling, and classifying sensor data for mobile devices. It was created at the University of Washington.VsDocGen: Dynamic javascript documentation generation directly from xml comment documented source code.Windows Live Spaces Photo Album plugin: This is going to be a plugin for Windows Live Writer that will allow you to browse a Windows Live Space Photo Album.Windows Live Writer Plugin for Amazon Books using CueCat: This Windows Live Writer Plugin is for users who use WLW and wish to use their CueCat to scan books. ItemLookups are run against Amazon via its AWS and book image, title, author, and publisher is returned. This project was first created by Scott Hanselman on MSDN's Coding4Fun! X7: X7 makes it easier for win7user to clean the system. You'll no longer have to delete useless stuff in your win7. It's developed in bat.xDT - Commander: Using this application, the user can assign shortcuts (short texts) for various links/URLs. These short texts will be typed into a Textbox to then launch/go to the target (similar to the "Run" program in Windows).

    Read the article

  • PTLQueue : a scalable bounded-capacity MPMC queue

    - by Dave
    Title: Fast concurrent MPMC queue -- I've used the following concurrent queue algorithm enough that it warrants a blog entry. I'll sketch out the design of a fast and scalable multiple-producer multiple-consumer (MPSC) concurrent queue called PTLQueue. The queue has bounded capacity and is implemented via a circular array. Bounded capacity can be a useful property if there's a mismatch between producer rates and consumer rates where an unbounded queue might otherwise result in excessive memory consumption by virtue of the container nodes that -- in some queue implementations -- are used to hold values. A bounded-capacity queue can provide flow control between components. Beware, however, that bounded collections can also result in resource deadlock if abused. The put() and take() operators are partial and wait for the collection to become non-full or non-empty, respectively. Put() and take() do not allocate memory, and are not vulnerable to the ABA pathologies. The PTLQueue algorithm can be implemented equally well in C/C++ and Java. Partial operators are often more convenient than total methods. In many use cases if the preconditions aren't met, there's nothing else useful the thread can do, so it may as well wait via a partial method. An exception is in the case of work-stealing queues where a thief might scan a set of queues from which it could potentially steal. Total methods return ASAP with a success-failure indication. (It's tempting to describe a queue or API as blocking or non-blocking instead of partial or total, but non-blocking is already an overloaded concurrency term. Perhaps waiting/non-waiting or patient/impatient might be better terms). It's also trivial to construct partial operators by busy-waiting via total operators, but such constructs may be less efficient than an operator explicitly and intentionally designed to wait. A PTLQueue instance contains an array of slots, where each slot has volatile Turn and MailBox fields. The array has power-of-two length allowing mod/div operations to be replaced by masking. We assume sensible padding and alignment to reduce the impact of false sharing. (On x86 I recommend 128-byte alignment and padding because of the adjacent-sector prefetch facility). Each queue also has PutCursor and TakeCursor cursor variables, each of which should be sequestered as the sole occupant of a cache line or sector. You can opt to use 64-bit integers if concerned about wrap-around aliasing in the cursor variables. Put(null) is considered illegal, but the caller or implementation can easily check for and convert null to a distinguished non-null proxy value if null happens to be a value you'd like to pass. Take() will accordingly convert the proxy value back to null. An advantage of PTLQueue is that you can use atomic fetch-and-increment for the partial methods. We initialize each slot at index I with (Turn=I, MailBox=null). Both cursors are initially 0. All shared variables are considered "volatile" and atomics such as CAS and AtomicFetchAndIncrement are presumed to have bidirectional fence semantics. Finally T is the templated type. I've sketched out a total tryTake() method below that allows the caller to poll the queue. tryPut() has an analogous construction. Zebra stripping : alternating row colors for nice-looking code listings. See also google code "prettify" : https://code.google.com/p/google-code-prettify/ Prettify is a javascript module that yields the HTML/CSS/JS equivalent of pretty-print. -- pre:nth-child(odd) { background-color:#ff0000; } pre:nth-child(even) { background-color:#0000ff; } border-left: 11px solid #ccc; margin: 1.7em 0 1.7em 0.3em; background-color:#BFB; font-size:12px; line-height:65%; " // PTLQueue : Put(v) : // producer : partial method - waits as necessary assert v != null assert Mask = 1 && (Mask & (Mask+1)) == 0 // Document invariants // doorway step // Obtain a sequence number -- ticket // As a practical concern the ticket value is temporally unique // The ticket also identifies and selects a slot auto tkt = AtomicFetchIncrement (&PutCursor, 1) slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] // waiting phase : // wait for slot's generation to match the tkt value assigned to this put() invocation. // The "generation" is implicitly encoded as the upper bits in the cursor // above those used to specify the index : tkt div (Mask+1) // The generation serves as an epoch number to identify a cohort of threads // accessing disjoint slots while s-Turn != tkt : Pause assert s-MailBox == null s-MailBox = v // deposit and pass message Take() : // consumer : partial method - waits as necessary auto tkt = AtomicFetchIncrement (&TakeCursor,1) slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] // 2-stage waiting : // First wait for turn for our generation // Acquire exclusive "take" access to slot's MailBox field // Then wait for the slot to become occupied while s-Turn != tkt : Pause // Concurrency in this section of code is now reduced to just 1 producer thread // vs 1 consumer thread. // For a given queue and slot, there will be most one Take() operation running // in this section. // Consumer waits for producer to arrive and make slot non-empty // Extract message; clear mailbox; advance Turn indicator // We have an obvious happens-before relation : // Put(m) happens-before corresponding Take() that returns that same "m" for T v = s-MailBox if v != null : s-MailBox = null ST-ST barrier s-Turn = tkt + Mask + 1 // unlock slot to admit next producer and consumer return v Pause tryTake() : // total method - returns ASAP with failure indication for auto tkt = TakeCursor slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] if s-Turn != tkt : return null T v = s-MailBox // presumptive return value if v == null : return null // ratify tkt and v values and commit by advancing cursor if CAS (&TakeCursor, tkt, tkt+1) != tkt : continue s-MailBox = null ST-ST barrier s-Turn = tkt + Mask + 1 return v The basic idea derives from the Partitioned Ticket Lock "PTL" (US20120240126-A1) and the MultiLane Concurrent Bag (US8689237). The latter is essentially a circular ring-buffer where the elements themselves are queues or concurrent collections. You can think of the PTLQueue as a partitioned ticket lock "PTL" augmented to pass values from lock to unlock via the slots. Alternatively, you could conceptualize of PTLQueue as a degenerate MultiLane bag where each slot or "lane" consists of a simple single-word MailBox instead of a general queue. Each lane in PTLQueue also has a private Turn field which acts like the Turn (Grant) variables found in PTL. Turn enforces strict FIFO ordering and restricts concurrency on the slot mailbox field to at most one simultaneous put() and take() operation. PTL uses a single "ticket" variable and per-slot Turn (grant) fields while MultiLane has distinct PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors and abstract per-slot sub-queues. Both PTL and MultiLane advance their cursor and ticket variables with atomic fetch-and-increment. PTLQueue borrows from both PTL and MultiLane and has distinct put and take cursors and per-slot Turn fields. Instead of a per-slot queues, PTLQueue uses a simple single-word MailBox field. PutCursor and TakeCursor act like a pair of ticket locks, conferring "put" and "take" access to a given slot. PutCursor, for instance, assigns an incoming put() request to a slot and serves as a PTL "Ticket" to acquire "put" permission to that slot's MailBox field. To better explain the operation of PTLQueue we deconstruct the operation of put() and take() as follows. Put() first increments PutCursor obtaining a new unique ticket. That ticket value also identifies a slot. Put() next waits for that slot's Turn field to match that ticket value. This is tantamount to using a PTL to acquire "put" permission on the slot's MailBox field. Finally, having obtained exclusive "put" permission on the slot, put() stores the message value into the slot's MailBox. Take() similarly advances TakeCursor, identifying a slot, and then acquires and secures "take" permission on a slot by waiting for Turn. Take() then waits for the slot's MailBox to become non-empty, extracts the message, and clears MailBox. Finally, take() advances the slot's Turn field, which releases both "put" and "take" access to the slot's MailBox. Note the asymmetry : put() acquires "put" access to the slot, but take() releases that lock. At any given time, for a given slot in a PTLQueue, at most one thread has "put" access and at most one thread has "take" access. This restricts concurrency from general MPMC to 1-vs-1. We have 2 ticket locks -- one for put() and one for take() -- each with its own "ticket" variable in the form of the corresponding cursor, but they share a single "Grant" egress variable in the form of the slot's Turn variable. Advancing the PutCursor, for instance, serves two purposes. First, we obtain a unique ticket which identifies a slot. Second, incrementing the cursor is the doorway protocol step to acquire the per-slot mutual exclusion "put" lock. The cursors and operations to increment those cursors serve double-duty : slot-selection and ticket assignment for locking the slot's MailBox field. At any given time a slot MailBox field can be in one of the following states: empty with no pending operations -- neutral state; empty with one or more waiting take() operations pending -- deficit; occupied with no pending operations; occupied with one or more waiting put() operations -- surplus; empty with a pending put() or pending put() and take() operations -- transitional; or occupied with a pending take() or pending put() and take() operations -- transitional. The partial put() and take() operators can be implemented with an atomic fetch-and-increment operation, which may confer a performance advantage over a CAS-based loop. In addition we have independent PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors. Critically, a put() operation modifies PutCursor but does not access the TakeCursor and a take() operation modifies the TakeCursor cursor but does not access the PutCursor. This acts to reduce coherence traffic relative to some other queue designs. It's worth noting that slow threads or obstruction in one slot (or "lane") does not impede or obstruct operations in other slots -- this gives us some degree of obstruction isolation. PTLQueue is not lock-free, however. The implementation above is expressed with polite busy-waiting (Pause) but it's trivial to implement per-slot parking and unparking to deschedule waiting threads. It's also easy to convert the queue to a more general deque by replacing the PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors with Left/Front and Right/Back cursors that can move either direction. Specifically, to push and pop from the "left" side of the deque we would decrement and increment the Left cursor, respectively, and to push and pop from the "right" side of the deque we would increment and decrement the Right cursor, respectively. We used a variation of PTLQueue for message passing in our recent OPODIS 2013 paper. ul { list-style:none; padding-left:0; padding:0; margin:0; margin-left:0; } ul#myTagID { padding: 0px; margin: 0px; list-style:none; margin-left:0;} -- -- There's quite a bit of related literature in this area. I'll call out a few relevant references: Wilson's NYU Courant Institute UltraComputer dissertation from 1988 is classic and the canonical starting point : Operating System Data Structures for Shared-Memory MIMD Machines with Fetch-and-Add. Regarding provenance and priority, I think PTLQueue or queues effectively equivalent to PTLQueue have been independently rediscovered a number of times. See CB-Queue and BNPBV, below, for instance. But Wilson's dissertation anticipates the basic idea and seems to predate all the others. Gottlieb et al : Basic Techniques for the Efficient Coordination of Very Large Numbers of Cooperating Sequential Processors Orozco et al : CB-Queue in Toward high-throughput algorithms on many-core architectures which appeared in TACO 2012. Meneghin et al : BNPVB family in Performance evaluation of inter-thread communication mechanisms on multicore/multithreaded architecture Dmitry Vyukov : bounded MPMC queue (highly recommended) Alex Otenko : US8607249 (highly related). John Mellor-Crummey : Concurrent queues: Practical fetch-and-phi algorithms. Technical Report 229, Department of Computer Science, University of Rochester Thomasson : FIFO Distributed Bakery Algorithm (very similar to PTLQueue). Scott and Scherer : Dual Data Structures I'll propose an optimization left as an exercise for the reader. Say we wanted to reduce memory usage by eliminating inter-slot padding. Such padding is usually "dark" memory and otherwise unused and wasted. But eliminating the padding leaves us at risk of increased false sharing. Furthermore lets say it was usually the case that the PutCursor and TakeCursor were numerically close to each other. (That's true in some use cases). We might still reduce false sharing by incrementing the cursors by some value other than 1 that is not trivially small and is coprime with the number of slots. Alternatively, we might increment the cursor by one and mask as usual, resulting in a logical index. We then use that logical index value to index into a permutation table, yielding an effective index for use in the slot array. The permutation table would be constructed so that nearby logical indices would map to more distant effective indices. (Open question: what should that permutation look like? Possibly some perversion of a Gray code or De Bruijn sequence might be suitable). As an aside, say we need to busy-wait for some condition as follows : "while C == 0 : Pause". Lets say that C is usually non-zero, so we typically don't wait. But when C happens to be 0 we'll have to spin for some period, possibly brief. We can arrange for the code to be more machine-friendly with respect to the branch predictors by transforming the loop into : "if C == 0 : for { Pause; if C != 0 : break; }". Critically, we want to restructure the loop so there's one branch that controls entry and another that controls loop exit. A concern is that your compiler or JIT might be clever enough to transform this back to "while C == 0 : Pause". You can sometimes avoid this by inserting a call to a some type of very cheap "opaque" method that the compiler can't elide or reorder. On Solaris, for instance, you could use :"if C == 0 : { gethrtime(); for { Pause; if C != 0 : break; }}". It's worth noting the obvious duality between locks and queues. If you have strict FIFO lock implementation with local spinning and succession by direct handoff such as MCS or CLH,then you can usually transform that lock into a queue. Hidden commentary and annotations - invisible : * And of course there's a well-known duality between queues and locks, but I'll leave that topic for another blog post. * Compare and contrast : PTLQ vs PTL and MultiLane * Equivalent : Turn; seq; sequence; pos; position; ticket * Put = Lock; Deposit Take = identify and reserve slot; wait; extract & clear; unlock * conceptualize : Distinct PutLock and TakeLock implemented as ticket lock or PTL Distinct arrival cursors but share per-slot "Turn" variable provides exclusive role-based access to slot's mailbox field put() acquires exclusive access to a slot for purposes of "deposit" assigns slot round-robin and then acquires deposit access rights/perms to that slot take() acquires exclusive access to slot for purposes of "withdrawal" assigns slot round-robin and then acquires withdrawal access rights/perms to that slot At any given time, only one thread can have withdrawal access to a slot at any given time, only one thread can have deposit access to a slot Permissible for T1 to have deposit access and T2 to simultaneously have withdrawal access * round-robin for the purposes of; role-based; access mode; access role mailslot; mailbox; allocate/assign/identify slot rights; permission; license; access permission; * PTL/Ticket hybrid Asymmetric usage ; owner oblivious lock-unlock pairing K-exclusion add Grant cursor pass message m from lock to unlock via Slots[] array Cursor performs 2 functions : + PTL ticket + Assigns request to slot in round-robin fashion Deconstruct protocol : explication put() : allocate slot in round-robin fashion acquire PTL for "put" access store message into slot associated with PTL index take() : Acquire PTL for "take" access // doorway step seq = fetchAdd (&Grant, 1) s = &Slots[seq & Mask] // waiting phase while s-Turn != seq : pause Extract : wait for s-mailbox to be full v = s-mailbox s-mailbox = null Release PTL for both "put" and "take" access s-Turn = seq + Mask + 1 * Slot round-robin assignment and lock "doorway" protocol leverage the same cursor and FetchAdd operation on that cursor FetchAdd (&Cursor,1) + round-robin slot assignment and dispersal + PTL/ticket lock "doorway" step waiting phase is via "Turn" field in slot * PTLQueue uses 2 cursors -- put and take. Acquire "put" access to slot via PTL-like lock Acquire "take" access to slot via PTL-like lock 2 locks : put and take -- at most one thread can access slot's mailbox Both locks use same "turn" field Like multilane : 2 cursors : put and take slot is simple 1-capacity mailbox instead of queue Borrow per-slot turn/grant from PTL Provides strict FIFO Lock slot : put-vs-put take-vs-take at most one put accesses slot at any one time at most one put accesses take at any one time reduction to 1-vs-1 instead of N-vs-M concurrency Per slot locks for put/take Release put/take by advancing turn * is instrumental in ... * P-V Semaphore vs lock vs K-exclusion * See also : FastQueues-excerpt.java dice-etc/queue-mpmc-bounded-blocking-circular-xadd/ * PTLQueue is the same as PTLQB - identical * Expedient return; ASAP; prompt; immediately * Lamport's Bakery algorithm : doorway step then waiting phase Threads arriving at doorway obtain a unique ticket number Threads enter in ticket order * In the terminology of Reed and Kanodia a ticket lock corresponds to the busy-wait implementation of a semaphore using an eventcount and a sequencer It can also be thought of as an optimization of Lamport's bakery lock was designed for fault-tolerance rather than performance Instead of spinning on the release counter, processors using a bakery lock repeatedly examine the tickets of their peers --

    Read the article

  • Building a better mouse-trap &ndash; Improving the creation of XML Message Requests using Reflection, XML &amp; XSLT

    - by paulschapman
    Introduction The way I previously created messages to send to the GovTalk service I used the XMLDocument to create the request. While this worked it left a number of problems; not least that for every message a special function would need to created. This is OK for the short term but the biggest cost in any software project is maintenance and this would be a headache to maintain. So the following is a somewhat better way of achieving the same thing. For the purposes of this article I am going to be using the CompanyNumberSearch request of the GovTalk service – although this technique would work for any service that accepted XML. The C# functions which send and receive the messages remain the same. The magic sauce in this is the XSLT which defines the structure of the request, and the use of objects in conjunction with reflection to provide the content. It is a bit like Sweet Chilli Sauce added to Chicken on a bed of rice. So on to the Sweet Chilli Sauce The Sweet Chilli Sauce The request to search for a company based on it’s number is as follows; <GovTalkMessage xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/Egov_ch-v2-0.xsd" xmlns="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:dsig="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" > <EnvelopeVersion>1.0</EnvelopeVersion> <Header> <MessageDetails> <Class>NumberSearch</Class> <Qualifier>request</Qualifier> <TransactionID>1</TransactionID> </MessageDetails> <SenderDetails> <IDAuthentication> <SenderID>????????????????????????????????</SenderID> <Authentication> <Method>CHMD5</Method> <Value>????????????????????????????????</Value> </Authentication> </IDAuthentication> </SenderDetails> </Header> <GovTalkDetails> <Keys/> </GovTalkDetails> <Body> <NumberSearchRequest xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/NumberSearch.xsd"> <PartialCompanyNumber>99999999</PartialCompanyNumber> <DataSet>LIVE</DataSet> <SearchRows>1</SearchRows> </NumberSearchRequest> </Body> </GovTalkMessage> This is the XML that we send to the GovTalk Service and we get back a list of companies that match the criteria passed A message is structured in two parts; The envelope which identifies the person sending the request, with the name of the request, and the body which gives the detail of the company we are looking for. The Chilli What makes it possible is the use of XSLT to define the message – and serialization to convert each request object into XML. To start we need to create an object which will represent the contents of the message we are sending. However there is a common properties in all the messages that we send to Companies House. These properties are as follows SenderId – the id of the person sending the message SenderPassword – the password associated with Id TransactionId – Unique identifier for the message AuthenticationValue – authenticates the request Because these properties are unique to the Companies House message, and because they are shared with all messages they are perfect candidates for a base class. The class is as follows; using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Security.Cryptography; using System.Text; using System.Text.RegularExpressions; using Microsoft.WindowsAzure.ServiceRuntime; namespace CompanyHub.Services { public class GovTalkRequest { public GovTalkRequest() { try { SenderID = RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("SenderId"); SenderPassword = RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("SenderPassword"); TransactionId = DateTime.Now.Ticks.ToString(); AuthenticationValue = EncodePassword(String.Format("{0}{1}{2}", SenderID, SenderPassword, TransactionId)); } catch (System.Exception ex) { throw ex; } } /// <summary> /// returns the Sender ID to be used when communicating with the GovTalk Service /// </summary> public String SenderID { get; set; } /// <summary> /// return the password to be used when communicating with the GovTalk Service /// </summary> public String SenderPassword { get; set; } // end SenderPassword /// <summary> /// Transaction Id - uses the Time and Date converted to Ticks /// </summary> public String TransactionId { get; set; } // end TransactionId /// <summary> /// calculate the authentication value that will be used when /// communicating with /// </summary> public String AuthenticationValue { get; set; } // end AuthenticationValue property /// <summary> /// encodes password(s) using MD5 /// </summary> /// <param name="clearPassword"></param> /// <returns></returns> public static String EncodePassword(String clearPassword) { MD5CryptoServiceProvider md5Hasher = new MD5CryptoServiceProvider(); byte[] hashedBytes; UTF32Encoding encoder = new UTF32Encoding(); hashedBytes = md5Hasher.ComputeHash(ASCIIEncoding.Default.GetBytes(clearPassword)); String result = Regex.Replace(BitConverter.ToString(hashedBytes), "-", "").ToLower(); return result; } } } There is nothing particularly clever here, except for the EncodePassword method which hashes the value made up of the SenderId, Password and Transaction id. Each message inherits from this object. So for the Company Number Search in addition to the properties above we need a partial number, which dataset to search – for the purposes of the project we only need to search the LIVE set so this can be set in the constructor and the SearchRows. Again all are set as properties. With the SearchRows and DataSet initialized in the constructor. public class CompanyNumberSearchRequest : GovTalkRequest, IDisposable { /// <summary> /// /// </summary> public CompanyNumberSearchRequest() : base() { DataSet = "LIVE"; SearchRows = 1; } /// <summary> /// Company Number to search against /// </summary> public String PartialCompanyNumber { get; set; } /// <summary> /// What DataSet should be searched for the company /// </summary> public String DataSet { get; set; } /// <summary> /// How many rows should be returned /// </summary> public int SearchRows { get; set; } public void Dispose() { DataSet = String.Empty; PartialCompanyNumber = String.Empty; DataSet = "LIVE"; SearchRows = 1; } } As well as inheriting from our base class, I have also inherited from IDisposable – not just because it is just plain good practice to dispose of objects when coding, but it gives also gives us more versatility when using the object. There are four stages in making a request and this is reflected in the four methods we execute in making a call to the Companies House service; Create a request Send a request Check the status If OK then get the results of the request I’ve implemented each of these stages within a static class called Toolbox – which also means I don’t need to create an instance of the class to use it. When making a request there are three stages; Get the template for the message Serialize the object representing the message Transform the serialized object using a predefined XSLT file. Each of my templates I have defined as an embedded resource. When retrieving a resource of this kind we have to include the full namespace to the resource. In making the code re-usable as much as possible I defined the full ‘path’ within the GetRequest method. requestFile = String.Format("CompanyHub.Services.Schemas.{0}", RequestFile); So we now have the full path of the file within the assembly. Now all we need do is retrieve the assembly and get the resource. asm = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly(); sr = asm.GetManifestResourceStream(requestFile); Once retrieved  So this can be returned to the calling function and we now have a stream of XSLT to define the message. Time now to serialize the request to create the other side of this message. // Serialize object containing Request, Load into XML Document t = Obj.GetType(); ms = new MemoryStream(); serializer = new XmlSerializer(t); xmlTextWriter = new XmlTextWriter(ms, Encoding.ASCII); serializer.Serialize(xmlTextWriter, Obj); ms = (MemoryStream)xmlTextWriter.BaseStream; GovTalkRequest = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(ms.ToArray()); First off we need the type of the object so we make a call to the GetType method of the object containing the Message properties. Next we need a MemoryStream, XmlSerializer and an XMLTextWriter so these can be initialized. The object is serialized by making the call to the Serialize method of the serializer object. The result of that is then converted into a MemoryStream. That MemoryStream is then converted into a string. ConvertByteArrayToString This is a fairly simple function which uses an ASCIIEncoding object found within the System.Text namespace to convert an array of bytes into a string. public static String ConvertByteArrayToString(byte[] bytes) { System.Text.ASCIIEncoding enc = new System.Text.ASCIIEncoding(); return enc.GetString(bytes); } I only put it into a function because I will be using this in various places. The Sauce When adding support for other messages outside of creating a new object to store the properties of the message, the C# components do not need to change. It is in the XSLT file that the versatility of the technique lies. The XSLT file determines the format of the message. For the CompanyNumberSearch the XSLT file is as follows; <?xml version="1.0"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"> <xsl:template match="/"> <GovTalkMessage xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/Egov_ch-v2-0.xsd" xmlns="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:dsig="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" > <EnvelopeVersion>1.0</EnvelopeVersion> <Header> <MessageDetails> <Class>NumberSearch</Class> <Qualifier>request</Qualifier> <TransactionID> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/TransactionId"/> </TransactionID> </MessageDetails> <SenderDetails> <IDAuthentication> <SenderID><xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/SenderID"/></SenderID> <Authentication> <Method>CHMD5</Method> <Value> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/AuthenticationValue"/> </Value> </Authentication> </IDAuthentication> </SenderDetails> </Header> <GovTalkDetails> <Keys/> </GovTalkDetails> <Body> <NumberSearchRequest xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/NumberSearch.xsd"> <PartialCompanyNumber> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/PartialCompanyNumber"/> </PartialCompanyNumber> <DataSet> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/DataSet"/> </DataSet> <SearchRows> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/SearchRows"/> </SearchRows> </NumberSearchRequest> </Body> </GovTalkMessage> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet> The outer two tags define that this is a XSLT stylesheet and the root tag from which the nodes are searched for. The GovTalkMessage is the format of the message that will be sent to Companies House. We first set up the XslCompiledTransform object which will transform the XSLT template and the serialized object into the request to Companies House. xslt = new XslCompiledTransform(); resultStream = new MemoryStream(); writer = new XmlTextWriter(resultStream, Encoding.ASCII); doc = new XmlDocument(); The Serialize method require XmlTextWriter to write the XML (writer) and a stream to place the transferred object into (writer). The XML will be loaded into an XMLDocument object (doc) prior to the transformation. // create XSLT Template xslTemplate = Toolbox.GetRequest(Template); xslTemplate.Seek(0, SeekOrigin.Begin); templateReader = XmlReader.Create(xslTemplate); xslt.Load(templateReader); I have stored all the templates as a series of Embedded Resources and the GetRequestCall takes the name of the template and extracts the relevent XSLT file. /// <summary> /// Gets the framwork XML which makes the request /// </summary> /// <param name="RequestFile"></param> /// <returns></returns> public static Stream GetRequest(String RequestFile) { String requestFile = String.Empty; Stream sr = null; Assembly asm = null; try { requestFile = String.Format("CompanyHub.Services.Schemas.{0}", RequestFile); asm = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly(); sr = asm.GetManifestResourceStream(requestFile); } catch (Exception) { throw; } finally { asm = null; } return sr; } // end private static stream GetRequest We first take the template name and expand it to include the full namespace to the Embedded Resource I like to keep all my schemas in the same directory and so the namespace reflects this. The rest is the default namespace for the project. Then we get the currently executing assembly (which will contain the resources with the call to GetExecutingAssembly() ) Finally we get a stream which contains the XSLT file. We use this stream and then load an XmlReader with the contents of the template, and that is in turn loaded into the XslCompiledTransform object. We convert the object containing the message properties into Xml by serializing it; calling the Serialize() method of the XmlSerializer object. To set up the object we do the following; t = Obj.GetType(); ms = new MemoryStream(); serializer = new XmlSerializer(t); xmlTextWriter = new XmlTextWriter(ms, Encoding.ASCII); We first determine the type of the object being transferred by calling GetType() We create an XmlSerializer object by passing the type of the object being serialized. The serializer writes to a memory stream and that is linked to an XmlTextWriter. Next job is to serialize the object and load it into an XmlDocument. serializer.Serialize(xmlTextWriter, Obj); ms = (MemoryStream)xmlTextWriter.BaseStream; xmlRequest = new XmlTextReader(ms); GovTalkRequest = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(ms.ToArray()); doc.LoadXml(GovTalkRequest); Time to transform the XML to construct the full request. xslt.Transform(doc, writer); resultStream.Seek(0, SeekOrigin.Begin); request = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(resultStream.ToArray()); So that creates the full request to be sent  to Companies House. Sending the request So far we have a string with a request for the Companies House service. Now we need to send the request to the Companies House Service. Configuration within an Azure project There are entire blog entries written about configuration within an Azure project – most of this is out of scope for this article but the following is a summary. Configuration is defined in two files within the parent project *.csdef which contains the definition of configuration setting. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="OnlineCompanyHub" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceDefinition"> <WebRole name="CompanyHub.Host"> <InputEndpoints> <InputEndpoint name="HttpIn" protocol="http" port="80" /> </InputEndpoints> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" /> <Setting name="DataConnectionString" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </WebRole> <WebRole name="CompanyHub.Services"> <InputEndpoints> <InputEndpoint name="HttpIn" protocol="http" port="8080" /> </InputEndpoints> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" /> <Setting name="SenderId"/> <Setting name="SenderPassword" /> <Setting name="GovTalkUrl"/> </ConfigurationSettings> </WebRole> <WorkerRole name="CompanyHub.Worker"> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition>   Above is the configuration definition from the project. What we are interested in however is the ConfigurationSettings tag of the CompanyHub.Services WebRole. There are four configuration settings here, but at the moment we are interested in the second to forth settings; SenderId, SenderPassword and GovTalkUrl The value of these settings are defined in the ServiceDefinition.cscfg file; <?xml version="1.0"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="OnlineCompanyHub" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration"> <Role name="CompanyHub.Host"> <Instances count="2" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="DataConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> <Role name="CompanyHub.Services"> <Instances count="2" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="SenderId" value="UserID"/> <Setting name="SenderPassword" value="Password"/> <Setting name="GovTalkUrl" value="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/xmlgw/Gateway"/> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> <Role name="CompanyHub.Worker"> <Instances count="2" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>   Look for the Role tag that contains our project name (CompanyHub.Services). Having configured the parameters we can now transmit the request. This is done by ‘POST’ing a stream of XML to the Companies House servers. govTalkUrl = RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("GovTalkUrl"); request = WebRequest.Create(govTalkUrl); request.Method = "POST"; request.ContentType = "text/xml"; writer = new StreamWriter(request.GetRequestStream()); writer.WriteLine(RequestMessage); writer.Close(); We use the WebRequest object to send the object. Set the method of sending to ‘POST’ and the type of data as text/xml. Once set up all we do is write the request to the writer – this sends the request to Companies House. Did the Request Work Part I – Getting the response Having sent a request – we now need the result of that request. response = request.GetResponse(); reader = response.GetResponseStream(); result = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(Toolbox.ReadFully(reader));   The WebRequest object has a GetResponse() method which allows us to get the response sent back. Like many of these calls the results come in the form of a stream which we convert into a string. Did the Request Work Part II – Translating the Response Much like XSLT and XML were used to create the original request, so it can be used to extract the response and by deserializing the result we create an object that contains the response. Did it work? It would be really great if everything worked all the time. Of course if it did then I don’t suppose people would pay me and others the big bucks so that our programmes do not a) Collapse in a heap (this is an area of memory) b) Blow every fuse in the place in a shower of sparks (this will probably not happen this being real life and not a Hollywood movie, but it was possible to blow the sound system of a BBC Model B with a poorly coded setting) c) Go nuts and trap everyone outside the airlock (this was from a movie, and unless NASA get a manned moon/mars mission set up unlikely to happen) d) Go nuts and take over the world (this was also from a movie, but please note life has a habit of being of exceeding the wildest imaginations of Hollywood writers (note writers – Hollywood executives have no imagination and judging by recent output of that town have turned plagiarism into an art form). e) Freeze in total confusion because the cleaner pulled the plug to the internet router (this has happened) So anyway – we need to check to see if our request actually worked. Within the GovTalk response there is a section that details the status of the message and a description of what went wrong (if anything did). I have defined an XSLT template which will extract these into an XML document. <?xml version="1.0"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:ev="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"> <xsl:template match="/"> <GovTalkStatus xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <Status> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:Header/ev:MessageDetails/ev:Qualifier"/> </Status> <Text> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Text"/> </Text> <Location> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Location"/> </Location> <Number> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Number"/> </Number> <Type> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Type"/> </Type> </GovTalkStatus> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet>   Only thing different about previous XSL files is the references to two namespaces ev & gt. These are defined in the GovTalk response at the top of the response; xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/Egov_ch-v2-0.xsd" xmlns="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:dsig="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" If we do not put these references into the XSLT template then  the XslCompiledTransform object will not be able to find the relevant tags. Deserialization is a fairly simple activity. encoder = new ASCIIEncoding(); ms = new MemoryStream(encoder.GetBytes(statusXML)); serializer = new XmlSerializer(typeof(GovTalkStatus)); xmlTextWriter = new XmlTextWriter(ms, Encoding.ASCII); messageStatus = (GovTalkStatus)serializer.Deserialize(ms);   We set up a serialization object using the object type containing the error state and pass to it the results of a transformation between the XSLT above and the GovTalk response. Now we have an object containing any error state, and the error message. All we need to do is check the status. If there is an error then we can flag an error. If not then  we extract the results and pass that as an object back to the calling function. We go this by guess what – defining an XSLT template for the result and using that to create an Xml Stream which can be deserialized into a .Net object. In this instance the XSLT to create the result of a Company Number Search is; <?xml version="1.0" encoding="us-ascii"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:ev="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:sch="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema" exclude-result-prefixes="ev"> <xsl:template match="/"> <CompanySearchResult xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <CompanyNumber> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:Body/sch:NumberSearch/sch:CoSearchItem/sch:CompanyNumber"/> </CompanyNumber> <CompanyName> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:Body/sch:NumberSearch/sch:CoSearchItem/sch:CompanyName"/> </CompanyName> </CompanySearchResult> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet> and the object definition is; using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; namespace CompanyHub.Services { public class CompanySearchResult { public CompanySearchResult() { CompanyNumber = String.Empty; CompanyName = String.Empty; } public String CompanyNumber { get; set; } public String CompanyName { get; set; } } } Our entire code to make calls to send a request, and interpret the results are; String request = String.Empty; String response = String.Empty; GovTalkStatus status = null; fault = null; try { using (CompanyNumberSearchRequest requestObj = new CompanyNumberSearchRequest()) { requestObj.PartialCompanyNumber = CompanyNumber; request = Toolbox.CreateRequest(requestObj, "CompanyNumberSearch.xsl"); response = Toolbox.SendGovTalkRequest(request); status = Toolbox.GetMessageStatus(response); if (status.Status.ToLower() == "error") { fault = new HubFault() { Message = status.Text }; } else { Object obj = Toolbox.GetGovTalkResponse(response, "CompanyNumberSearchResult.xsl", typeof(CompanySearchResult)); } } } catch (FaultException<ArgumentException> ex) { fault = new HubFault() { FaultType = ex.Detail.GetType().FullName, Message = ex.Detail.Message }; } catch (System.Exception ex) { fault = new HubFault() { FaultType = ex.GetType().FullName, Message = ex.Message }; } finally { } Wrap up So there we have it – a reusable set of functions to send and interpret XML results from an internet based service. The code is reusable with a little change with any service which uses XML as a transport mechanism – and as for the Companies House GovTalk service all I need to do is create various objects for the result and message sent and the relevent XSLT files. I might need minor changes for other services but something like 70-90% will be exactly the same.

    Read the article

  • How to create Custom ListForm WebPart

    - by DipeshBhanani
    Mostly all who works extensively on SharePoint (including meJ) don’t like to use out-of-box list forms (DispForm.aspx, EditForm.aspx, NewForm.aspx) as interface. Actually these OOB list forms bind hands of developers for the customization. It gives headache to developers to add just one post back event, for a dropdown field and to populate other fields in NewForm.aspx or EditForm.aspx. On top of that clients always ask such stuff. So here I am going to give you guys a flight for SharePoint Customization world. In this blog, I will explain, how to create CustomListForm WebPart. In my next blogs, I am going to explain easy deployment of List Forms through features and last, guidance on using SharePoint web controls. 1.       First thing, create a class library project through Visual Studio and inherit the class with WebPart class.     public class CustomListForm : WebPart   2.       Declare the public variables and properties which we are going to use throughout the class. You will get to know these once you see them in use.         #region "Variable Declaration"           Table spTableCntl;         FormToolBar formToolBar;         Literal ltAlertMessage;         Guid SiteId;         Guid ListId;         int ItemId;         string ListName;           #endregion           #region "Properties"           SPControlMode _ControlMode = SPControlMode.New;         [Personalizable(PersonalizationScope.Shared),          WebBrowsable(true),          WebDisplayName("Control Mode"),          WebDescription("Set Control Mode"),          DefaultValue(""),          Category("Miscellaneous")]         public SPControlMode ControlMode         {             get { return _ControlMode; }             set { _ControlMode = value; }         }           #endregion     The property “ControlMode” is used to identify the mode of the List Form. The property is of type SPControlMode which is an enum type with values (Display, Edit, New and Invalid). When we will add this WebPart to DispForm.aspx, EditForm.aspx and NewForm.aspx, we will set the WebPart property “ControlMode” to Display, Edit and New respectively.     3.       Now, we need to override the CreateChildControl method and write code to manually add SharePoint Web Controls related to each list fields as well as ToolBar controls.         protected override void CreateChildControls()         {             base.CreateChildControls();               try             {                 SiteId = SPContext.Current.Site.ID;                 ListId = SPContext.Current.ListId;                 ListName = SPContext.Current.List.Title;                   if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.Display || _ControlMode == SPControlMode.Edit)                     ItemId = SPContext.Current.ItemId;                   SPSecurity.RunWithElevatedPrivileges(delegate()                 {                     using (SPSite site = new SPSite(SiteId))                     {                         //creating a new SPSite with credentials of System Account                         using (SPWeb web = site.OpenWeb())                         {                               //<Custom Code for creating form controls>                         }                     }                 });             }             catch (Exception ex)             {                 ShowError(ex, "CreateChildControls");             }         }   Here we are assuming that we are developing this WebPart to plug into List Forms. Hence we will get the List Id and List Name from the current context. We can have Item Id only in case of Display and Edit Mode. We are putting our code into “RunWithElevatedPrivileges” to elevate privileges to System Account. Now, let’s get deep down into the main code and expand “//<Custom Code for creating form controls>”. Before initiating any SharePoint control, we need to set context of SharePoint web controls explicitly so that it will be instantiated with elevated System Account user. Following line does the job.     //To create SharePoint controls with new web object and System Account credentials     SPControl.SetContextWeb(Context, web);   First thing, let’s add main table as container for all controls.     //Table to render webpart     Table spTableMain = new Table();     spTableMain.CellPadding = 0;     spTableMain.CellSpacing = 0;     spTableMain.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);     this.Controls.Add(spTableMain);   Now we need to add Top toolbar with Save and Cancel button at top as you see in the below screen shot.       // Add Row and Cell for Top ToolBar     TableRow spRowTopToolBar = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowTopToolBar);     TableCell spCellTopToolBar = new TableCell();     spRowTopToolBar.Cells.Add(spCellTopToolBar);     spCellTopToolBar.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);         ToolBar toolBarTop = (ToolBar)Page.LoadControl("/_controltemplates/ToolBar.ascx");     toolBarTop.CssClass = "ms-formtoolbar";     toolBarTop.ID = "toolBarTbltop";     toolBarTop.RightButtons.SeparatorHtml = "<td class=ms-separator> </td>";       if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display)     {         SaveButton btnSave = new SaveButton();         btnSave.ControlMode = _ControlMode;         btnSave.ListId = ListId;           if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.New)             btnSave.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(web);         else         {             btnSave.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, web);             btnSave.ItemContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, web);             btnSave.ItemId = ItemId;         }         toolBarTop.RightButtons.Controls.Add(btnSave);     }       GoBackButton goBackButtonTop = new GoBackButton();     toolBarTop.RightButtons.Controls.Add(goBackButtonTop);     goBackButtonTop.ControlMode = SPControlMode.Display;       spCellTopToolBar.Controls.Add(toolBarTop);   Here we have use “SaveButton” and “GoBackButton” which are internal SharePoint web controls for save and cancel functionality. I have set some of the properties of Save Button with if-else condition because we will not have Item Id in case of New Mode. Item Id property is used to identify which SharePoint List Item need to be saved. Now, add Form Toolbar to the page which contains “Attach File”, “Delete Item” etc buttons.       // Add Row and Cell for FormToolBar     TableRow spRowFormToolBar = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowFormToolBar);     TableCell spCellFormToolBar = new TableCell();     spRowFormToolBar.Cells.Add(spCellFormToolBar);     spCellFormToolBar.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);       FormToolBar formToolBar = new FormToolBar();     formToolBar.ID = "formToolBar";     formToolBar.ListId = ListId;     if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.New)         formToolBar.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(web);     else     {         formToolBar.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, web);         formToolBar.ItemContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, web);         formToolBar.ItemId = ItemId;     }     formToolBar.ControlMode = _ControlMode;     formToolBar.EnableViewState = true;       spCellFormToolBar.Controls.Add(formToolBar);     The ControlMode property will take care of which button to be displayed on the toolbar. E.g. “Attach files”, “Delete Item” in new/edit forms and “New Item”, “Edit Item”, “Delete Item”, “Manage Permissions” etc in display forms. Now add main section which contains form field controls.     //Create Form Field controls and add them in Table "spCellCntl"     CreateFieldControls(web);     //Add public variable "spCellCntl" containing all form controls to the page     spRowCntl.Cells.Add(spCellCntl);     spCellCntl.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);     spCellCntl.Controls.Add(spTableCntl);       //Add a Blank Row with height of 5px to render space between ToolBar table and Control table     TableRow spRowLine1 = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowLine1);     TableCell spCellLine1 = new TableCell();     spRowLine1.Cells.Add(spCellLine1);     spCellLine1.Height = new Unit(5, UnitType.Pixel);     spCellLine1.Controls.Add(new LiteralControl("<IMG SRC='/_layouts/images/blank.gif' width=1 height=1 alt=''>"));       //Add Row and Cell for Form Controls Section     TableRow spRowCntl = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowCntl);     TableCell spCellCntl = new TableCell();       //Create Form Field controls and add them in Table "spCellCntl"     CreateFieldControls(web);     //Add public variable "spCellCntl" containing all form controls to the page     spRowCntl.Cells.Add(spCellCntl);     spCellCntl.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);     spCellCntl.Controls.Add(spTableCntl);       TableRow spRowLine2 = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowLine2);     TableCell spCellLine2 = new TableCell();     spRowLine2.Cells.Add(spCellLine2);     spCellLine2.CssClass = "ms-formline";     spCellLine2.Controls.Add(new LiteralControl("<IMG SRC='/_layouts/images/blank.gif' width=1 height=1 alt=''>"));       // Add Blank row with height of 5 pixel     TableRow spRowLine3 = new TableRow();     spTableMain.Rows.Add(spRowLine3);     TableCell spCellLine3 = new TableCell();     spRowLine3.Cells.Add(spCellLine3);     spCellLine3.Height = new Unit(5, UnitType.Pixel);     spCellLine3.Controls.Add(new LiteralControl("<IMG SRC='/_layouts/images/blank.gif' width=1 height=1 alt=''>"));   You can add bottom toolbar also to get same look and feel as OOB forms. I am not adding here as the blog will be much lengthy. At last, you need to write following lines to allow unsafe updates for Save and Delete button.     // Allow unsafe update on web for save button and delete button     if (this.Page.IsPostBack && this.Page.Request["__EventTarget"] != null         && (this.Page.Request["__EventTarget"].Contains("IOSaveItem")         || this.Page.Request["__EventTarget"].Contains("IODeleteItem")))     {         SPContext.Current.Web.AllowUnsafeUpdates = true;     }   So that’s all. We have finished writing Custom Code for adding field control. But something most important is skipped. In above code, I have called function “CreateFieldControls(web);” to add SharePoint field controls to the page. Let’s see the implementation of the function:     private void CreateFieldControls(SPWeb pWeb)     {         SPList listMain = pWeb.Lists[ListId];         SPFieldCollection fields = listMain.Fields;           //Main Table to render all fields         spTableCntl = new Table();         spTableCntl.BorderWidth = new Unit(0);         spTableCntl.CellPadding = 0;         spTableCntl.CellSpacing = 0;         spTableCntl.Width = new Unit(100, UnitType.Percentage);         spTableCntl.CssClass = "ms-formtable";           SPContext controlContext = SPContext.GetContext(this.Context, ItemId, ListId, pWeb);           foreach (SPField listField in fields)         {             string fieldDisplayName = listField.Title;             string fieldInternalName = listField.InternalName;               //Skip if the field is system field or hidden             if (listField.Hidden || listField.ShowInVersionHistory == false)                 continue;               //Skip if the control mode is display and field is read-only             if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display && listField.ReadOnlyField == true)                 continue;               FieldLabel fieldLabel = new FieldLabel();             fieldLabel.FieldName = listField.InternalName;             fieldLabel.ListId = ListId;               BaseFieldControl fieldControl = listField.FieldRenderingControl;             fieldControl.ListId = ListId;             //Assign unique id using Field Internal Name             fieldControl.ID = string.Format("Field_{0}", fieldInternalName);             fieldControl.EnableViewState = true;               //Assign control mode             fieldLabel.ControlMode = _ControlMode;             fieldControl.ControlMode = _ControlMode;             switch (_ControlMode)             {                 case SPControlMode.New:                     fieldLabel.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(pWeb);                     fieldControl.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(pWeb);                     break;                 case SPControlMode.Edit:                 case SPControlMode.Display:                     fieldLabel.RenderContext = controlContext;                     fieldLabel.ItemContext = controlContext;                     fieldLabel.ItemId = ItemId;                       fieldControl.RenderContext = controlContext;                     fieldControl.ItemContext = controlContext;                     fieldControl.ItemId = ItemId;                     break;             }               //Add row to display a field row             TableRow spCntlRow = new TableRow();             spTableCntl.Rows.Add(spCntlRow);               //Add the cells for containing field lable and control             TableCell spCellLabel = new TableCell();             spCellLabel.Width = new Unit(30, UnitType.Percentage);             spCellLabel.CssClass = "ms-formlabel";             spCntlRow.Cells.Add(spCellLabel);             TableCell spCellControl = new TableCell();             spCellControl.Width = new Unit(70, UnitType.Percentage);             spCellControl.CssClass = "ms-formbody";             spCntlRow.Cells.Add(spCellControl);               //Add the control to the table cells             spCellLabel.Controls.Add(fieldLabel);             spCellControl.Controls.Add(fieldControl);               //Add description if there is any in case of New and Edit Mode             if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display && listField.Description != string.Empty)             {                 FieldDescription fieldDesc = new FieldDescription();                 fieldDesc.FieldName = fieldInternalName;                 fieldDesc.ListId = ListId;                 spCellControl.Controls.Add(fieldDesc);             }               //Disable Name(Title) in Edit Mode             if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.Edit && fieldDisplayName == "Name")             {                 TextBox txtTitlefield = (TextBox)fieldControl.Controls[0].FindControl("TextField");                 txtTitlefield.Enabled = false;             }         }         fields = null;     }   First of all, I have declared List object and got list fields in field collection object called “fields”. Then I have added a table for the container of all controls and assign CSS class as "ms-formtable" so that it gives consistent look and feel of SharePoint. Now it’s time to navigate through all fields and add them if required. Here we don’t need to add hidden or system fields. We also don’t want to display read-only fields in new and edit forms. Following lines does this job.             //Skip if the field is system field or hidden             if (listField.Hidden || listField.ShowInVersionHistory == false)                 continue;               //Skip if the control mode is display and field is read-only             if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display && listField.ReadOnlyField == true)                 continue;   Let’s move to the next line of code.             FieldLabel fieldLabel = new FieldLabel();             fieldLabel.FieldName = listField.InternalName;             fieldLabel.ListId = ListId;               BaseFieldControl fieldControl = listField.FieldRenderingControl;             fieldControl.ListId = ListId;             //Assign unique id using Field Internal Name             fieldControl.ID = string.Format("Field_{0}", fieldInternalName);             fieldControl.EnableViewState = true;               //Assign control mode             fieldLabel.ControlMode = _ControlMode;             fieldControl.ControlMode = _ControlMode;   We have used “FieldLabel” control for displaying field title. The advantage of using Field Label is, SharePoint automatically adds red star besides field label to identify it as mandatory field if there is any. Here is most important part to understand. The “BaseFieldControl”. It will render the respective web controls according to type of the field. For example, if it’s single line of text, then Textbox, if it’s look up then it renders dropdown. Additionally, the “ControlMode” property tells compiler that which mode (display/edit/new) controls need to be rendered with. In display mode, it will render label with field value. In edit mode, it will render respective control with item value and in new mode it will render respective control with empty value. Please note that, it’s not always the case when dropdown field will be rendered for Lookup field or Choice field. You need to understand which controls are rendered for which list fields. I am planning to write a separate blog which I hope to publish it very soon. Moreover, we also need to assign list field specific properties like List Id, Field Name etc to identify which SharePoint List field is attached with the control.             switch (_ControlMode)             {                 case SPControlMode.New:                     fieldLabel.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(pWeb);                     fieldControl.RenderContext = SPContext.GetContext(pWeb);                     break;                 case SPControlMode.Edit:                 case SPControlMode.Display:                     fieldLabel.RenderContext = controlContext;                     fieldLabel.ItemContext = controlContext;                     fieldLabel.ItemId = ItemId;                       fieldControl.RenderContext = controlContext;                     fieldControl.ItemContext = controlContext;                     fieldControl.ItemId = ItemId;                     break;             }   Here, I have separate code for new mode and Edit/Display mode because we will not have Item Id to assign in New Mode. We also need to set CSS class for cell containing Label and Controls so that those controls get rendered with SharePoint theme.             spCellLabel.CssClass = "ms-formlabel";             spCellControl.CssClass = "ms-formbody";   “FieldDescription” control is used to add field description if there is any.    Now it’s time to add some more customization,               //Disable Name(Title) in Edit Mode             if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.Edit && fieldDisplayName == "Name")             {                 TextBox txtTitlefield = (TextBox)fieldControl.Controls[0].FindControl("TextField");                 txtTitlefield.Enabled = false;             }   The above code will disable the title field in edit mode. You can add more code here to achieve more customization according to your requirement. Some of the examples are as follow:             //Adding post back event on UserField to auto populate some other dependent field             //in new mode and disable it in edit mode             if (_ControlMode != SPControlMode.Display && fieldDisplayName == "Manager")             {                 if (fieldControl.Controls[0].FindControl("UserField") != null)                 {                     PeopleEditor pplEditor = (PeopleEditor)fieldControl.Controls[0].FindControl("UserField");                     if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.New)                         pplEditor.AutoPostBack = true;                     else                         pplEditor.Enabled = false;                 }             }               //Add JavaScript Event on Dropdown field. Don't forget to add the JavaScript function on the page.             if (_ControlMode == SPControlMode.Edit && fieldDisplayName == "Designation")             {                 DropDownList ddlCategory = (DropDownList)fieldControl.Controls[0];                 ddlCategory.Attributes.Add("onchange", string.Format("javascript:DropdownChangeEvent('{0}');return false;", ddlCategory.ClientID));             }    Following are the screenshots of my Custom ListForm WebPart. Let’s play a game, check out your OOB List forms of SharePoint, compare with these screens and find out differences.   DispForm.aspx:   EditForm.aspx:   NewForm.aspx:   Enjoy the SharePoint Soup!!! ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

    Read the article

  • Responsive Design for your ADF Faces Web Applications

    - by Shay Shmeltzer
    Responsive web applications are a common pattern for designing web pages that adjust their UI based on the device that access them. With the increase in the number of ADF applications that are being accessed from mobile phones and tablet we are getting more and more questions around this topic. Steven Davelaar wrote a comprehensive article covering key concepts in this area that you can find here. The article focuses on what I would refer to as server adaptive application, where the server adapts the UI it generates based on the device that is accessing the server. However there is one more technique that is not covered in that article and can be used with Oracle ADF - it is CSS manipulation on the client that can achieve responsive design. I'll cover this technique in this blog entry. The main advantage of this technique is that the UI manipulation does not require the server to send over a new UI when a change is needed. This for example allows your page to change immediately when you change the orientation of your device. (By the way this example was developed for one of the seminars in the upcoming Oracle ADF OTN Virtual Developer Day). In the demo that you'll see below you'll see a single page that changes the way it is displayed based on the orientation of the device. Here is the page with the tablet in landscape and portrait: To achieve this I'm using a CSS media query in my page template that changes the display property of a couple of style classes that are used in my page. The media query has this format: @media screen and (max-width:700px) {            .narrow {                display: inline;            }            .wide {                display: none;            }            .adjustFont {                font-size: small;            }            .icon-home {                font-size: 24px;            }        } This changes the properties of the same styleClasses that are defined in my application's skin. Here is a quick demo video that shows you the full application and explains how it works. For those looking to replicate this, here are the basic files: skin1.css @charset "UTF-8";/**ADFFaces_Skin_File / DO NOT REMOVE**/@namespace af "http://xmlns.oracle.com/adf/faces/rich";@namespace dvt "http://xmlns.oracle.com/dss/adf/faces";.wide {    display: inline;}.narrow {    display: none;}.adjustFont {    font-size: large;}.icon-home {        font-family: 'UIShellUGH';    -webkit-font-smoothing: antialiased;        font-size: 36px;        color: #ffa000;} pageTemplate: <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><af:pageTemplateDef xmlns:af="http://xmlns.oracle.com/adf/faces/rich" var="attrs" definition="private"                    xmlns:afc="http://xmlns.oracle.com/adf/faces/rich/component">    <af:xmlContent>        <afc:component>            <afc:description>A template that will work on phones and desktop</afc:description>            <afc:display-name>ResponsiveTemplate</afc:display-name>            <afc:facet>                <afc:facet-name>main</afc:facet-name>            </afc:facet>        </afc:component>    </af:xmlContent>    <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1"/>    <af:resource type="css">@media screen and (max-width:700px) {            .narrow {                display: inline;            }            .wide {                display: none;            }            .adjustFont {                font-size: small;            }            .icon-home {                font-size: 24px;            }        }@font-face {            font-family: 'UIShellUGH';            src: url(data:application/x-font-woff;charset=utf-8;base64,d09GRk9UVE8AA..removed code here...AzV6b1g==)format('truetype');            font-weight: normal;            font-style: normal;        }    </af:resource>    <af:panelGroupLayout id="pt_pgl4" layout="vertical" styleClass="sizeStyle">        <af:panelGridLayout id="pt_pgl1">            <af:gridRow marginTop="5px" height="40px" id="pt_gr1">                <af:gridCell marginStart="5px" width="100%" marginEnd="5px" id="pt_gc1">                    <af:panelGroupLayout id="pt_pgl3" halign="center" layout="horizontal">                        <af:outputText value="h" id="ot2" styleClass="icon-home"/>                        <af:outputText value="HR System" id="ot3" styleClass="adjustFont"/>                    </af:panelGroupLayout>                </af:gridCell>            </af:gridRow>            <af:gridRow marginTop="5px" height="auto" id="pt_gr2">                <af:gridCell marginStart="5px" width="100%" marginEnd="5px" id="pt_gc2" halign="stretch">                    <af:panelGroupLayout id="pt_pgl2" layout="scroll">                        <af:facetRef facetName="main"/>                    </af:panelGroupLayout>                </af:gridCell>            </af:gridRow>            <af:gridRow marginTop="5px" height="20px" marginBottom="5px" id="pt_gr3">                <af:gridCell marginStart="5px" width="100%" marginEnd="5px" id="pt_gc3">                    <af:panelGroupLayout id="pt_pgl5" layout="vertical" halign="center">                        <af:separator id="pt_s1"/>                        <af:outputText value="Copyright Oracle Corp. 2013" id="pt_ot1" styleClass="adjustFont"/>                    </af:panelGroupLayout>                </af:gridCell>            </af:gridRow>        </af:panelGridLayout>    </af:panelGroupLayout></af:pageTemplateDef> Example from the page:                         <af:gridRow id="gr3">                            <af:gridCell id="gc7" columnSpan="2">                                <af:panelGroupLayout id="pgl8" styleClass="narrow">                                    <af:link text="Menu" id="l1">                                        <af:showPopupBehavior triggerType="action" popupId="p1" align="afterEnd"/>                                    </af:link>                                </af:panelGroupLayout>                                <af:panelGroupLayout id="pgl7" styleClass="wide">                                    <af:navigationPane id="np1" hint="buttons">                                        <af:commandNavigationItem text="Departments" id="cni1"/>                                        <af:commandNavigationItem text="Employees" id="cni2"/>                                        <af:commandNavigationItem text="Salaries" id="cni3"/>                                        <af:commandNavigationItem text="Jobs" id="cni4"/>                                        <af:commandNavigationItem text="Services" id="cni5"/>                                        <af:commandNavigationItem text="Support" id="cni6"/>                                        <af:commandNavigationItem text="Help" id="cni7"/>                                    </af:navigationPane>                                </af:panelGroupLayout>                            </af:gridCell>                        </af:gridRow>

    Read the article

  • Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files

    - by user12620111
    Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files body, td { font-family: sans-serif; background-color: white; font-size: 12px; margin: 8px; } tt, code, pre { font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Droid Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', Consolas, Monaco, monospace; } h1 { font-size:2.2em; } h2 { font-size:1.8em; } h3 { font-size:1.4em; } h4 { font-size:1.0em; } h5 { font-size:0.9em; } h6 { font-size:0.8em; } a:visited { color: rgb(50%, 0%, 50%); } pre { margin-top: 0; max-width: 95%; border: 1px solid #ccc; white-space: pre-wrap; } pre code { display: block; padding: 0.5em; } code.r, code.cpp { background-color: #F8F8F8; } table, td, th { border: none; } blockquote { color:#666666; margin:0; padding-left: 1em; border-left: 0.5em #EEE solid; } hr { height: 0px; border-bottom: none; border-top-width: thin; border-top-style: dotted; border-top-color: #999999; } @media print { * { background: transparent !important; color: black !important; filter:none !important; -ms-filter: none !important; } body { font-size:12pt; max-width:100%; } a, a:visited { text-decoration: underline; } hr { visibility: hidden; page-break-before: always; } pre, blockquote { padding-right: 1em; page-break-inside: avoid; } tr, img { page-break-inside: avoid; } img { max-width: 100% !important; } @page :left { margin: 15mm 20mm 15mm 10mm; } @page :right { margin: 15mm 10mm 15mm 20mm; } p, h2, h3 { orphans: 3; widows: 3; } h2, h3 { page-break-after: avoid; } } pre .operator, pre .paren { color: rgb(104, 118, 135) } pre .literal { color: rgb(88, 72, 246) } pre .number { color: rgb(0, 0, 205); } pre .comment { color: rgb(76, 136, 107); } pre .keyword { color: rgb(0, 0, 255); } pre .identifier { color: rgb(0, 0, 0); } pre .string { color: rgb(3, 106, 7); } var hljs=new function(){function m(p){return p.replace(/&/gm,"&").replace(/"}while(y.length||w.length){var v=u().splice(0,1)[0];z+=m(x.substr(q,v.offset-q));q=v.offset;if(v.event=="start"){z+=t(v.node);s.push(v.node)}else{if(v.event=="stop"){var p,r=s.length;do{r--;p=s[r];z+=("")}while(p!=v.node);s.splice(r,1);while(r'+M[0]+""}else{r+=M[0]}O=P.lR.lastIndex;M=P.lR.exec(L)}return r+L.substr(O,L.length-O)}function J(L,M){if(M.sL&&e[M.sL]){var r=d(M.sL,L);x+=r.keyword_count;return r.value}else{return F(L,M)}}function I(M,r){var L=M.cN?'':"";if(M.rB){y+=L;M.buffer=""}else{if(M.eB){y+=m(r)+L;M.buffer=""}else{y+=L;M.buffer=r}}D.push(M);A+=M.r}function G(N,M,Q){var R=D[D.length-1];if(Q){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R);return false}var P=q(M,R);if(P){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R);I(P,M);return P.rB}var L=v(D.length-1,M);if(L){var O=R.cN?"":"";if(R.rE){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R)+O}else{if(R.eE){y+=J(R.buffer+N,R)+O+m(M)}else{y+=J(R.buffer+N+M,R)+O}}while(L1){O=D[D.length-2].cN?"":"";y+=O;L--;D.length--}var r=D[D.length-1];D.length--;D[D.length-1].buffer="";if(r.starts){I(r.starts,"")}return R.rE}if(w(M,R)){throw"Illegal"}}var E=e[B];var D=[E.dM];var A=0;var x=0;var y="";try{var s,u=0;E.dM.buffer="";do{s=p(C,u);var t=G(s[0],s[1],s[2]);u+=s[0].length;if(!t){u+=s[1].length}}while(!s[2]);if(D.length1){throw"Illegal"}return{r:A,keyword_count:x,value:y}}catch(H){if(H=="Illegal"){return{r:0,keyword_count:0,value:m(C)}}else{throw H}}}function g(t){var p={keyword_count:0,r:0,value:m(t)};var r=p;for(var q in e){if(!e.hasOwnProperty(q)){continue}var s=d(q,t);s.language=q;if(s.keyword_count+s.rr.keyword_count+r.r){r=s}if(s.keyword_count+s.rp.keyword_count+p.r){r=p;p=s}}if(r.language){p.second_best=r}return p}function i(r,q,p){if(q){r=r.replace(/^((]+|\t)+)/gm,function(t,w,v,u){return w.replace(/\t/g,q)})}if(p){r=r.replace(/\n/g,"")}return r}function n(t,w,r){var x=h(t,r);var v=a(t);var y,s;if(v){y=d(v,x)}else{return}var q=c(t);if(q.length){s=document.createElement("pre");s.innerHTML=y.value;y.value=k(q,c(s),x)}y.value=i(y.value,w,r);var u=t.className;if(!u.match("(\\s|^)(language-)?"+v+"(\\s|$)")){u=u?(u+" "+v):v}if(/MSIE [678]/.test(navigator.userAgent)&&t.tagName=="CODE"&&t.parentNode.tagName=="PRE"){s=t.parentNode;var p=document.createElement("div");p.innerHTML=""+y.value+"";t=p.firstChild.firstChild;p.firstChild.cN=s.cN;s.parentNode.replaceChild(p.firstChild,s)}else{t.innerHTML=y.value}t.className=u;t.result={language:v,kw:y.keyword_count,re:y.r};if(y.second_best){t.second_best={language:y.second_best.language,kw:y.second_best.keyword_count,re:y.second_best.r}}}function o(){if(o.called){return}o.called=true;var r=document.getElementsByTagName("pre");for(var p=0;p|=||=||=|\\?|\\[|\\{|\\(|\\^|\\^=|\\||\\|=|\\|\\||~";this.ER="(?![\\s\\S])";this.BE={b:"\\\\.",r:0};this.ASM={cN:"string",b:"'",e:"'",i:"\\n",c:[this.BE],r:0};this.QSM={cN:"string",b:'"',e:'"',i:"\\n",c:[this.BE],r:0};this.CLCM={cN:"comment",b:"//",e:"$"};this.CBLCLM={cN:"comment",b:"/\\*",e:"\\*/"};this.HCM={cN:"comment",b:"#",e:"$"};this.NM={cN:"number",b:this.NR,r:0};this.CNM={cN:"number",b:this.CNR,r:0};this.BNM={cN:"number",b:this.BNR,r:0};this.inherit=function(r,s){var p={};for(var q in r){p[q]=r[q]}if(s){for(var q in s){p[q]=s[q]}}return p}}();hljs.LANGUAGES.cpp=function(){var a={keyword:{"false":1,"int":1,"float":1,"while":1,"private":1,"char":1,"catch":1,"export":1,virtual:1,operator:2,sizeof:2,dynamic_cast:2,typedef:2,const_cast:2,"const":1,struct:1,"for":1,static_cast:2,union:1,namespace:1,unsigned:1,"long":1,"throw":1,"volatile":2,"static":1,"protected":1,bool:1,template:1,mutable:1,"if":1,"public":1,friend:2,"do":1,"return":1,"goto":1,auto:1,"void":2,"enum":1,"else":1,"break":1,"new":1,extern:1,using:1,"true":1,"class":1,asm:1,"case":1,typeid:1,"short":1,reinterpret_cast:2,"default":1,"double":1,register:1,explicit:1,signed:1,typename:1,"try":1,"this":1,"switch":1,"continue":1,wchar_t:1,inline:1,"delete":1,alignof:1,char16_t:1,char32_t:1,constexpr:1,decltype:1,noexcept:1,nullptr:1,static_assert:1,thread_local:1,restrict:1,_Bool:1,complex:1},built_in:{std:1,string:1,cin:1,cout:1,cerr:1,clog:1,stringstream:1,istringstream:1,ostringstream:1,auto_ptr:1,deque:1,list:1,queue:1,stack:1,vector:1,map:1,set:1,bitset:1,multiset:1,multimap:1,unordered_set:1,unordered_map:1,unordered_multiset:1,unordered_multimap:1,array:1,shared_ptr:1}};return{dM:{k:a,i:"",k:a,r:10,c:["self"]}]}}}();hljs.LANGUAGES.r={dM:{c:[hljs.HCM,{cN:"number",b:"\\b0[xX][0-9a-fA-F]+[Li]?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?L\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+\\.(?!\\d)(?:i\\b)?",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"number",b:"\\b\\d+(?:\\.\\d*)?(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?i?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"number",b:"\\.\\d+(?:[eE][+\\-]?\\d*)?i?\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"keyword",b:"(?:tryCatch|library|setGeneric|setGroupGeneric)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\.\\.\\.",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\.\\.\\d+(?![\\w.])",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"keyword",b:"\\b(?:function)",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:2},{cN:"keyword",b:"(?:if|in|break|next|repeat|else|for|return|switch|while|try|stop|warning|require|attach|detach|source|setMethod|setClass)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"literal",b:"(?:NA|NA_integer_|NA_real_|NA_character_|NA_complex_)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:10},{cN:"literal",b:"(?:NULL|TRUE|FALSE|T|F|Inf|NaN)\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:1},{cN:"identifier",b:"[a-zA-Z.][a-zA-Z0-9._]*\\b",e:hljs.IMMEDIATE_RE,r:0},{cN:"operator",b:"|=||   Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files   Using R to Analyze G1GC Log Files Introduction Working in Oracle Platform Integration gives an engineer opportunities to work on a wide array of technologies. My team’s goal is to make Oracle applications run best on the Solaris/SPARC platform. When looking for bottlenecks in a modern applications, one needs to be aware of not only how the CPUs and operating system are executing, but also network, storage, and in some cases, the Java Virtual Machine. I was recently presented with about 1.5 GB of Java Garbage First Garbage Collector log file data. If you’re not familiar with the subject, you might want to review Garbage First Garbage Collector Tuning by Monica Beckwith. The customer had been running Java HotSpot 1.6.0_31 to host a web application server. I was told that the Solaris/SPARC server was running a Java process launched using a commmand line that included the following flags: -d64 -Xms9g -Xmx9g -XX:+UseG1GC -XX:MaxGCPauseMillis=200 -XX:InitiatingHeapOccupancyPercent=80 -XX:PermSize=256m -XX:MaxPermSize=256m -XX:+PrintGC -XX:+PrintGCTimeStamps -XX:+PrintHeapAtGC -XX:+PrintGCDateStamps -XX:+PrintFlagsFinal -XX:+DisableExplicitGC -XX:+UnlockExperimentalVMOptions -XX:ParallelGCThreads=8 Several sources on the internet indicate that if I were to print out the 1.5 GB of log files, it would require enough paper to fill the bed of a pick up truck. Of course, it would be fruitless to try to scan the log files by hand. Tools will be required to summarize the contents of the log files. Others have encountered large Java garbage collection log files. There are existing tools to analyze the log files: IBM’s GC toolkit The chewiebug GCViewer gchisto HPjmeter Instead of using one of the other tools listed, I decide to parse the log files with standard Unix tools, and analyze the data with R. Data Cleansing The log files arrived in two different formats. I guess that the difference is that one set of log files was generated using a more verbose option, maybe -XX:+PrintHeapAtGC, and the other set of log files was generated without that option. Format 1 In some of the log files, the log files with the less verbose format, a single trace, i.e. the report of a singe garbage collection event, looks like this: {Heap before GC invocations=12280 (full 61): garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 7499918K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) region size 4096K, 1 young (4096K), 0 survivors (0K) compacting perm gen total 262144K, used 144077K [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff50000000, 0xffffffff50000000) the space 262144K, 54% used [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff48cb3758, 0xffffffff48cb3800, 0xffffffff50000000) No shared spaces configured. 2014-05-14T07:24:00.988-0700: 60586.353: [GC pause (young) 7324M->7320M(9216M), 0.1567265 secs] Heap after GC invocations=12281 (full 61): garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 7496533K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) region size 4096K, 0 young (0K), 0 survivors (0K) compacting perm gen total 262144K, used 144077K [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff50000000, 0xffffffff50000000) the space 262144K, 54% used [0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff48cb3758, 0xffffffff48cb3800, 0xffffffff50000000) No shared spaces configured. } A simple grep can be used to extract a summary: $ grep "\[ GC pause (young" g1gc.log 2014-05-13T13:24:35.091-0700: 3.109: [GC pause (young) 20M->5029K(9216M), 0.0146328 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:35.440-0700: 3.459: [GC pause (young) 9125K->6077K(9216M), 0.0086723 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:37.581-0700: 5.599: [GC pause (young) 25M->8470K(9216M), 0.0203820 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:42.686-0700: 10.704: [GC pause (young) 44M->15M(9216M), 0.0288848 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:48.941-0700: 16.958: [GC pause (young) 51M->20M(9216M), 0.0491244 secs] 2014-05-13T13:24:56.049-0700: 24.066: [GC pause (young) 92M->26M(9216M), 0.0525368 secs] 2014-05-13T13:25:34.368-0700: 62.383: [GC pause (young) 602M->68M(9216M), 0.1721173 secs] But that format wasn't easily read into R, so I needed to be a bit more tricky. I used the following Unix command to create a summary file that was easy for R to read. $ echo "SecondsSinceLaunch BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize RealTime" $ grep "\[GC pause (young" g1gc.log | grep -v mark | sed -e 's/[A-SU-z\(\),]/ /g' -e 's/->/ /' -e 's/: / /g' | more SecondsSinceLaunch BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize RealTime 2014-05-13T13:24:35.091-0700 3.109 20 5029 9216 0.0146328 2014-05-13T13:24:35.440-0700 3.459 9125 6077 9216 0.0086723 2014-05-13T13:24:37.581-0700 5.599 25 8470 9216 0.0203820 2014-05-13T13:24:42.686-0700 10.704 44 15 9216 0.0288848 2014-05-13T13:24:48.941-0700 16.958 51 20 9216 0.0491244 2014-05-13T13:24:56.049-0700 24.066 92 26 9216 0.0525368 2014-05-13T13:25:34.368-0700 62.383 602 68 9216 0.1721173 Format 2 In some of the log files, the log files with the more verbose format, a single trace, i.e. the report of a singe garbage collection event, was more complicated than Format 1. Here is a text file with an example of a single G1GC trace in the second format. As you can see, it is quite complicated. It is nice that there is so much information available, but the level of detail can be overwhelming. I wrote this awk script (download) to summarize each trace on a single line. #!/usr/bin/env awk -f BEGIN { printf("SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize\n") } ###################### # Save count data from lines that are at the start of each G1GC trace. # Each trace starts out like this: # {Heap before GC invocations=14 (full 0): # garbage-first heap total 9437184K, used 325496K [0xfffffffd00000000, 0xffffffff40000000, 0xffffffff40000000) ###################### /{Heap.*full/{ gsub ( "\\)" , "" ); nf=split($0,a,"="); split(a[2],b," "); getline; if ( match($0, "first") ) { G1GC=1; IncrementalCount=b[1]; FullCount=substr( b[3], 1, length(b[3])-1 ); } else { G1GC=0; } } ###################### # Pull out time stamps that are in lines with this format: # 2014-05-12T14:02:06.025-0700: 94.312: [GC pause (young), 0.08870154 secs] ###################### /GC pause/ { DateTime=$1; SecondsSinceLaunch=substr($2, 1, length($2)-1); } ###################### # Heap sizes are in lines that look like this: # [ 4842M->4838M(9216M)] ###################### /\[ .*]$/ { gsub ( "\\[" , "" ); gsub ( "\ \]" , "" ); gsub ( "->" , " " ); gsub ( "\\( " , " " ); gsub ( "\ \)" , " " ); split($0,a," "); if ( split(a[1],b,"M") > 1 ) {BeforeSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[1],b,"K") > 1 ) {BeforeSize=b[1];} if ( split(a[2],b,"M") > 1 ) {AfterSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[2],b,"K") > 1 ) {AfterSize=b[1];} if ( split(a[3],b,"M") > 1 ) {TotalSize=b[1]*1024;} if ( split(a[3],b,"K") > 1 ) {TotalSize=b[1];} } ###################### # Emit an output line when you find input that looks like this: # [Times: user=1.41 sys=0.08, real=0.24 secs] ###################### /\[Times/ { if (G1GC==1) { gsub ( "," , "" ); split($2,a,"="); UserTime=a[2]; split($3,a,"="); SysTime=a[2]; split($4,a,"="); RealTime=a[2]; print DateTime,SecondsSinceLaunch,IncrementalCount,FullCount,UserTime,SysTime,RealTime,BeforeSize,AfterSize,TotalSize; G1GC=0; } } The resulting summary is about 25X smaller that the original file, but still difficult for a human to digest. SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ... 2014-05-12T18:36:34.669-0700: 3985.744 561 0 0.57 0.06 0.16 1724416 1720320 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:34.839-0700: 3985.914 562 0 0.51 0.06 0.19 1724416 1720320 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.069-0700: 3986.144 563 0 0.60 0.04 0.27 1724416 1721344 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.354-0700: 3986.429 564 0 0.33 0.04 0.09 1725440 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.545-0700: 3986.620 565 0 0.58 0.04 0.17 1726464 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.726-0700: 3986.801 566 0 0.43 0.05 0.12 1726464 1722368 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.856-0700: 3986.930 567 0 0.30 0.04 0.07 1726464 1723392 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:35.947-0700: 3987.023 568 0 0.61 0.04 0.26 1727488 1723392 9437184 2014-05-12T18:36:36.228-0700: 3987.302 569 0 0.46 0.04 0.16 1731584 1724416 9437184 Reading the Data into R Once the GC log data had been cleansed, either by processing the first format with the shell script, or by processing the second format with the awk script, it was easy to read the data into R. g1gc.df = read.csv("summary.txt", row.names = NULL, stringsAsFactors=FALSE,sep="") str(g1gc.df) ## 'data.frame': 8307 obs. of 10 variables: ## $ row.names : chr "2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700:" ... ## $ SecondsSinceLaunch: num 1.16 1.47 1.97 3.83 6.1 ... ## $ IncrementalCount : int 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ... ## $ FullCount : int 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ... ## $ UserTime : num 0.11 0.05 0.04 0.21 0.08 0.26 0.31 0.33 0.34 0.56 ... ## $ SysTime : num 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.01 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.09 ... ## $ RealTime : num 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.04 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.06 ... ## $ BeforeSize : int 8192 5496 5768 22528 24576 43008 34816 53248 55296 93184 ... ## $ AfterSize : int 1400 1672 2557 4907 7072 14336 16384 18432 19456 21504 ... ## $ TotalSize : int 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 9437184 ... head(g1gc.df) ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount ## 1 2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700: 1.161 0 ## 2 2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700: 1.472 1 ## 3 2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700: 1.969 2 ## 4 2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700: 3.830 3 ## 5 2014-05-12T14:00:37.811-0700: 6.103 4 ## 6 2014-05-12T14:00:41.428-0700: 9.720 5 ## FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ## 1 0 0.11 0.04 0.02 8192 1400 9437184 ## 2 0 0.05 0.01 0.02 5496 1672 9437184 ## 3 0 0.04 0.01 0.01 5768 2557 9437184 ## 4 0 0.21 0.05 0.04 22528 4907 9437184 ## 5 0 0.08 0.01 0.02 24576 7072 9437184 ## 6 0 0.26 0.06 0.04 43008 14336 9437184 Basic Statistics Once the data has been read into R, simple statistics are very easy to generate. All of the numbers from high school statistics are available via simple commands. For example, generate a summary of every column: summary(g1gc.df) ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount ## Length:8307 Min. : 1 Min. : 0 Min. : 0.0 ## Class :character 1st Qu.: 9977 1st Qu.:2048 1st Qu.: 0.0 ## Mode :character Median :12855 Median :4136 Median : 12.0 ## Mean :12527 Mean :4156 Mean : 31.6 ## 3rd Qu.:15758 3rd Qu.:6262 3rd Qu.: 61.0 ## Max. :55484 Max. :8391 Max. :113.0 ## UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize ## Min. :0.040 Min. :0.0000 Min. : 0.0 Min. : 5476 ## 1st Qu.:0.470 1st Qu.:0.0300 1st Qu.: 0.1 1st Qu.:5137920 ## Median :0.620 Median :0.0300 Median : 0.1 Median :6574080 ## Mean :0.751 Mean :0.0355 Mean : 0.3 Mean :5841855 ## 3rd Qu.:0.920 3rd Qu.:0.0400 3rd Qu.: 0.2 3rd Qu.:7084032 ## Max. :3.370 Max. :1.5600 Max. :488.1 Max. :8696832 ## AfterSize TotalSize ## Min. : 1380 Min. :9437184 ## 1st Qu.:5002752 1st Qu.:9437184 ## Median :6559744 Median :9437184 ## Mean :5785454 Mean :9437184 ## 3rd Qu.:7054336 3rd Qu.:9437184 ## Max. :8482816 Max. :9437184 Q: What is the total amount of User CPU time spent in garbage collection? sum(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## [1] 6236 As you can see, less than two hours of CPU time was spent in garbage collection. Is that too much? To find the percentage of time spent in garbage collection, divide the number above by total_elapsed_time*CPU_count. In this case, there are a lot of CPU’s and it turns out the the overall amount of CPU time spent in garbage collection isn’t a problem when viewed in isolation. When calculating rates, i.e. events per unit time, you need to ask yourself if the rate is homogenous across the time period in the log file. Does the log file include spikes of high activity that should be separately analyzed? Averaging in data from nights and weekends with data from business hours may alias problems. If you have a reason to suspect that the garbage collection rates include peaks and valleys that need independent analysis, see the “Time Series” section, below. Q: How much garbage is collected on each pass? The amount of heap space that is recovered per GC pass is surprisingly low: At least one collection didn’t recover any data. (“Min.=0”) 25% of the passes recovered 3MB or less. (“1st Qu.=3072”) Half of the GC passes recovered 4MB or less. (“Median=4096”) The average amount recovered was 56MB. (“Mean=56390”) 75% of the passes recovered 36MB or less. (“3rd Qu.=36860”) At least one pass recovered 2GB. (“Max.=2121000”) g1gc.df$Delta = g1gc.df$BeforeSize - g1gc.df$AfterSize summary(g1gc.df$Delta) ## Min. 1st Qu. Median Mean 3rd Qu. Max. ## 0 3070 4100 56400 36900 2120000 Q: What is the maximum User CPU time for a single collection? The worst garbage collection (“Max.”) is many standard deviations away from the mean. The data appears to be right skewed. summary(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## Min. 1st Qu. Median Mean 3rd Qu. Max. ## 0.040 0.470 0.620 0.751 0.920 3.370 sd(g1gc.df$UserTime) ## [1] 0.3966 Basic Graphics Once the data is in R, it is trivial to plot the data with formats including dot plots, line charts, bar charts (simple, stacked, grouped), pie charts, boxplots, scatter plots histograms, and kernel density plots. Histogram of User CPU Time per Collection I don't think that this graph requires any explanation. hist(g1gc.df$UserTime, main="User CPU Time per Collection", xlab="Seconds", ylab="Frequency") Box plot to identify outliers When the initial data is viewed with a box plot, you can see the one crazy outlier in the real time per GC. Save this data point for future analysis and drop the outlier so that it’s not throwing off our statistics. Now the box plot shows many outliers, which will be examined later, using times series analysis. Notice that the scale of the x-axis changes drastically once the crazy outlier is removed. par(mfrow=c(2,1)) boxplot(g1gc.df$UserTime,g1gc.df$SysTime,g1gc.df$RealTime, main="Box Plot of Time per GC\n(dominated by a crazy outlier)", names=c("usr","sys","elapsed"), xlab="Seconds per GC", ylab="Time (Seconds)", horizontal = TRUE, outcol="red") crazy.outlier.df=g1gc.df[g1gc.df$RealTime > 400,] g1gc.df=g1gc.df[g1gc.df$RealTime < 400,] boxplot(g1gc.df$UserTime,g1gc.df$SysTime,g1gc.df$RealTime, main="Box Plot of Time per GC\n(crazy outlier excluded)", names=c("usr","sys","elapsed"), xlab="Seconds per GC", ylab="Time (Seconds)", horizontal = TRUE, outcol="red") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") Here is the crazy outlier for future analysis: crazy.outlier.df ## row.names SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount ## 8233 2014-05-12T23:15:43.903-0700: 20741 8316 ## FullCount UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize TotalSize ## 8233 112 0.55 0.42 488.1 8381440 8235008 9437184 ## Delta ## 8233 146432 R Time Series Data To analyze the garbage collection as a time series, I’ll use Z’s Ordered Observations (zoo). “zoo is the creator for an S3 class of indexed totally ordered observations which includes irregular time series.” require(zoo) ## Loading required package: zoo ## ## Attaching package: 'zoo' ## ## The following objects are masked from 'package:base': ## ## as.Date, as.Date.numeric head(g1gc.df[,1]) ## [1] "2014-05-12T14:00:32.868-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:33.179-0700:" ## [3] "2014-05-12T14:00:33.677-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:35.538-0700:" ## [5] "2014-05-12T14:00:37.811-0700:" "2014-05-12T14:00:41.428-0700:" options("digits.secs"=3) times=as.POSIXct( g1gc.df[,1], format="%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%OS%z:") g1gc.z = zoo(g1gc.df[,-c(1)], order.by=times) head(g1gc.z) ## SecondsSinceLaunch IncrementalCount FullCount ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 1.161 0 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 1.472 1 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 1.969 2 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 3.830 3 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 6.103 4 0 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 9.720 5 0 ## UserTime SysTime RealTime BeforeSize AfterSize ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 0.11 0.04 0.02 8192 1400 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 0.05 0.01 0.02 5496 1672 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 0.04 0.01 0.01 5768 2557 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 0.21 0.05 0.04 22528 4907 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 0.08 0.01 0.02 24576 7072 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 0.26 0.06 0.04 43008 14336 ## TotalSize Delta ## 2014-05-12 17:00:32.868 9437184 6792 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.178 9437184 3824 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:33.677 9437184 3211 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:35.538 9437184 17621 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:37.811 9437184 17504 ## 2014-05-12 17:00:41.427 9437184 28672 Example of Two Benchmark Runs in One Log File The data in the following graph is from a different log file, not the one of primary interest to this article. I’m including this image because it is an example of idle periods followed by busy periods. It would be uninteresting to average the rate of garbage collection over the entire log file period. More interesting would be the rate of garbage collect in the two busy periods. Are they the same or different? Your production data may be similar, for example, bursts when employees return from lunch and idle times on weekend evenings, etc. Once the data is in an R Time Series, you can analyze isolated time windows. Clipping the Time Series data Flashing back to our test case… Viewing the data as a time series is interesting. You can see that the work intensive time period is between 9:00 PM and 3:00 AM. Lets clip the data to the interesting period:     par(mfrow=c(2,1)) plot(g1gc.z$UserTime, type="h", main="User Time per GC\nTime: Complete Log File", xlab="Time of Day", ylab="CPU Seconds per GC", col="#1b9e77") clipped.g1gc.z=window(g1gc.z, start=as.POSIXct("2014-05-12 21:00:00"), end=as.POSIXct("2014-05-13 03:00:00")) plot(clipped.g1gc.z$UserTime, type="h", main="User Time per GC\nTime: Limited to Benchmark Execution", xlab="Time of Day", ylab="CPU Seconds per GC", col="#1b9e77") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") Cumulative Incremental and Full GC count Here is the cumulative incremental and full GC count. When the line is very steep, it indicates that the GCs are repeating very quickly. Notice that the scale on the Y axis is different for full vs. incremental. plot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c(2:3)], main="Cumulative Incremental and Full GC count", xlab="Time of Day", col="#1b9e77") GC Analysis of Benchmark Execution using Time Series data In the following series of 3 graphs: The “After Size” show the amount of heap space in use after each garbage collection. Many Java objects are still referenced, i.e. alive, during each garbage collection. This may indicate that the application has a memory leak, or may indicate that the application has a very large memory footprint. Typically, an application's memory footprint plateau's in the early stage of execution. One would expect this graph to have a flat top. The steep decline in the heap space may indicate that the application crashed after 2:00. The second graph shows that the outliers in real execution time, discussed above, occur near 2:00. when the Java heap seems to be quite full. The third graph shows that Full GCs are infrequent during the first few hours of execution. The rate of Full GC's, (the slope of the cummulative Full GC line), changes near midnight.   plot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c("AfterSize","RealTime","FullCount")], xlab="Time of Day", col=c("#1b9e77","red","#1b9e77")) GC Analysis of heap recovered Each GC trace includes the amount of heap space in use before and after the individual GC event. During garbage coolection, unreferenced objects are identified, the space holding the unreferenced objects is freed, and thus, the difference in before and after usage indicates how much space has been freed. The following box plot and bar chart both demonstrate the same point - the amount of heap space freed per garbage colloection is surprisingly low. par(mfrow=c(2,1)) boxplot(as.vector(clipped.g1gc.z$Delta), main="Amount of Heap Recovered per GC Pass", xlab="Size in KB", horizontal = TRUE, col="red") hist(as.vector(clipped.g1gc.z$Delta), main="Amount of Heap Recovered per GC Pass", xlab="Size in KB", breaks=100, col="red") box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") This graph is the most interesting. The dark blue area shows how much heap is occupied by referenced Java objects. This represents memory that holds live data. The red fringe at the top shows how much data was recovered after each garbage collection. barplot(clipped.g1gc.z[,c("AfterSize","Delta")], col=c("#7570b3","#e7298a"), xlab="Time of Day", border=NA) legend("topleft", c("Live Objects","Heap Recovered on GC"), fill=c("#7570b3","#e7298a")) box(which = "outer", lty = "solid") When I discuss the data in the log files with the customer, I will ask for an explaination for the large amount of referenced data resident in the Java heap. There are two are posibilities: There is a memory leak and the amount of space required to hold referenced objects will continue to grow, limited only by the maximum heap size. After the maximum heap size is reached, the JVM will throw an “Out of Memory” exception every time that the application tries to allocate a new object. If this is the case, the aplication needs to be debugged to identify why old objects are referenced when they are no longer needed. The application has a legitimate requirement to keep a large amount of data in memory. The customer may want to further increase the maximum heap size. Another possible solution would be to partition the application across multiple cluster nodes, where each node has responsibility for managing a unique subset of the data. Conclusion In conclusion, R is a very powerful tool for the analysis of Java garbage collection log files. The primary difficulty is data cleansing so that information can be read into an R data frame. Once the data has been read into R, a rich set of tools may be used for thorough evaluation.

    Read the article

  • How to programmatically create customcontrol and change its values in Silverlight 4

    - by user361317
    Hi! I want to create a custom tabcontrol class which has an icon before the text, and I want to be able to change the icon in the constructor of the new tabcontrol. I use implicit styles in Silverlight 4, and the custom tabcontrol should not have any xaml of its own, just the class and the implicit xaml style in my App.xaml. I cannot, however, get this to work. This is my code: <!-- Style for generic tabcontrols --> 20,0,0,0 <Style TargetType="controls:TabItem"> <Setter Property="IsTabStop" Value="False"/> <Setter Property="Background" Value="#FFDBEDFB"/> <Setter Property="BorderBrush" Value="#FFA3AEB9"/> <Setter Property="BorderThickness" Value="1"/> <Setter Property="Padding" Value="6,2,6,2"/> <Setter Property="HorizontalContentAlignment" Value="Stretch"/> <Setter Property="VerticalContentAlignment" Value="Stretch"/> <Setter Property="MinWidth" Value="5"/> <Setter Property="MinHeight" Value="5"/> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="controls:TabItem"> <Grid x:Name="Root" Cursor="Hand" Height="25"> <VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> <VisualStateGroup x:Name="CommonStates"> <VisualStateGroup.Transitions> <VisualTransition GeneratedDuration="0"/> <VisualTransition GeneratedDuration="0:0:0.1" To="MouseOver"/> </VisualStateGroup.Transitions> <VisualState x:Name="Normal"/> <VisualState x:Name="MouseOver"> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames BeginTime="0" Duration="00:00:00.001" Storyboard.TargetName="FocusVisualTop" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Opacity)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="0"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> <VisualState x:Name="Disabled"> <Storyboard> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="DisabledVisualTopSelected" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Opacity)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="1"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> <DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames Storyboard.TargetName="DisabledVisualTopUnSelected" Storyboard.TargetProperty="(UIElement.Opacity)"> <SplineDoubleKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="1"/> </DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> </VisualStateGroup> <VisualStateGroup x:Name="SelectionStates"> <VisualState x:Name="Unselected"/> <VisualState x:Name="Selected"/> </VisualStateGroup> <VisualStateGroup x:Name="FocusStates"> <VisualState x:Name="Focused"> <Storyboard> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Duration="0" Storyboard.TargetName="FocusVisualTop" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Visibility"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="Visible"/> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> <VisualState x:Name="Unfocused"> <Storyboard> <ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames Duration="0" Storyboard.TargetName="FocusVisualElement" Storyboard.TargetProperty="Visibility"> <DiscreteObjectKeyFrame KeyTime="0" Value="Collapsed"/> </ObjectAnimationUsingKeyFrames> </Storyboard> </VisualState> </VisualStateGroup> </VisualStateManager.VisualStateGroups> <Grid x:Name="TemplateTopUnselected" Margin="1"> <Border x:Name="BorderTop" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0"> <Border x:Name="GradientTop" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0" CornerRadius="5,5,0,0"> <Border.BorderBrush> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FFB1CCEE" Offset="0"/> <GradientStop Color="#CCB1CCEE" Offset="1"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.BorderBrush> <Border.Background> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FFCEE0F7" Offset="0.091"/> <GradientStop Color="#FFDEECFD" Offset="0.996"/> <GradientStop Color="White"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.Background> <Grid Margin="3,3,3,2"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="16"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="16"/> <ColumnDefinition/> <ColumnDefinition Width="15"/> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <Image x:Name="TabInactiveIcon" Source="group.png" Margin="0" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center" Opacity="0.395"/> <ContentControl x:Name="HeaderTopUnselected" Cursor="{TemplateBinding Cursor}" Margin="3,0" FontSize="{TemplateBinding FontSize}" Foreground="#FF416AA3" IsTabStop="False" FontFamily="Tahoma" Grid.Column="1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center"/> <Button x:Name="TabInactiveCloseButton" Template="{StaticResource TabItemCloseButton}" Cursor="Hand" Height="10" HorizontalAlignment="Right" Margin="0" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="10" Content="Button" Grid.Column="2" d:LayoutOverrides="GridBox"/> </Grid> </Border> </Border> <Border x:Name="DisabledVisualTopUnSelected" IsHitTestVisible="false" Opacity="0" Background="#8CFFFFFF" CornerRadius="3,3,0,0"/> </Grid> <Border x:Name="FocusVisualElement" Margin="-1" IsHitTestVisible="false" Visibility="Collapsed" BorderBrush="#FF6DBDD1" BorderThickness="1" CornerRadius="3,3,0,0"/> <Grid x:Name="TemplateTopSelected" Margin="0,0,0,-3" Visibility="Collapsed"> <Border x:Name="BorderTop1" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0"> <Border x:Name="GradientTop1" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0" CornerRadius="5,5,0,0"> <Border.BorderBrush> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FFB1CCEE" Offset="0"/> <GradientStop Color="#CAB1CCEE" Offset="1"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.BorderBrush> <Border.Background> <LinearGradientBrush EndPoint="0.5,1" StartPoint="0.5,0"> <GradientStop Color="#FFCEE0F7" Offset="0.091"/> <GradientStop Color="White" Offset="0.974"/> <GradientStop Color="White"/> </LinearGradientBrush> </Border.Background> <Grid Margin="3,3,3,2"> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="16"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="16"/> <ColumnDefinition/> <ColumnDefinition Width="15"/> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <Image x:Name="TabActiveIcon" Source="user.png" Margin="0" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center"/> <ContentControl x:Name="HeaderTopSelected" Cursor="{TemplateBinding Cursor}" Margin="3,0" FontSize="{TemplateBinding FontSize}" Foreground="#FF416AA3" IsTabStop="False" FontFamily="Tahoma" FontWeight="Bold" Grid.Column="1" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center"/> <Button x:Name="TabActiveCloseButton" Template="{StaticResource TabActiveCloseButton}" Cursor="Hand" Height="10" HorizontalAlignment="Right" Margin="0" VerticalAlignment="Top" Width="10" Content="Button" Grid.Column="2" d:LayoutOverrides="GridBox"/> </Grid> </Border> </Border> <Border x:Name="FocusVisualTop" Margin="-2,-2,-2,0" IsHitTestVisible="false" Visibility="Collapsed" BorderThickness="1,1,1,0" CornerRadius="3,3,0,0"/> <Border x:Name="DisabledVisualTopSelected" Margin="-2,-2,-2,0" IsHitTestVisible="false" Opacity="0" Background="#8CFFFFFF" CornerRadius="3,3,0,0"/> </Grid> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> and my class public class ClosableTabItem : TabItem { public static readonly DependencyProperty TabIconProperty = DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("TabInactiveIcon", typeof(Image), typeof(ClosableTabItem), null); public Image TabIcon { get { return (Image)GetValue(ClosableTabItem.TabIconProperty); } set { SetValue(ClosableTabItem.TabIconProperty, value); } } public ClosableTabItem(string header, ContentControl content, TabItemIcons icon) { // I need to be able to set the header, content and icon here } private Image GetTabIcon(TabItemIcons icon) { Image img = new Image(); switch (icon) { case TabItemIcons.User: img.Source = new BitmapImage(new Uri("/icons/user.png", UriKind.Relative)); break; case TabItemIcons.Group: img.Source = new BitmapImage(new Uri("/icons/group.png", UriKind.Relative)); break; default: break; } return img; } } This is driving me nuts, and I can't find any examples where anyone has done this without having a xaml page for the custom tab. Is this even possible? Can someone point me in the right direction? Cheers! - jonah

    Read the article

  • AbstractMethodError on org.apache.xalan.processor.TransformerFactoryImpl

    - by JBristow
    With the following code: private Document transformDoc(Source source) throws TransformerException, IOException { Transformer xslTransformer = TransformerFactory.newInstance().newTransformer(new StreamSource(pdfTransformXslt.getInputStream())); xslTransformer.setParameter("http://apache.org/xml/features/nonvalidating/load-external-dtd", false); xslTransformer.setParameter("http://xml.org/sax/features/validation", false); JDOMResult result = new JDOMResult(); xslTransformer.transform(source, result); return result.getDocument(); } I'm getting the following error: java.lang.AbstractMethodError: org.apache.xalan.processor.TransformerFactoryImpl.setFeature(Ljava/lang/String;Z)V Why is this? Here's my Maven dependency tree: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Building mc-hub-batch task-segment: [dependency:tree] ------------------------------------------------------------------------ snapshot com.billmelater:mc-test-support:2.0.0.11-SNAPSHOT: checking for updates from repository.jboss.org [dependency:tree {execution: default-cli}] com.billmelater:mc-hub-batch:jar:2.0.0.11-SNAPSHOT +- com.billmelater:mc-hub-core:jar:2.0.0.11-SNAPSHOT:compile | +- commons-lang:commons-lang:jar:2.4:compile | +- commons-collections:commons-collections:jar:3.2.1:compile | +- commons-beanutils:commons-beanutils:jar:1.8.0:compile | +- commons-digester:commons-digester:jar:2.0:compile | | +- (commons-beanutils:commons-beanutils:jar:1.8.0:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | \- (commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:compile - version managed from 1.0.4; omitted for duplicate) | \- (org.springframework.batch:spring-batch-core:jar:2.0.2.RELEASE:compile - omitted for duplicate) +- com.billmelater:mc-test-support:jar:2.0.0.11-SNAPSHOT:test | +- (com.billmelater:mc-hub-core:jar:2.0.0.11-SNAPSHOT:test - omitted for duplicate) | +- (org.springframework:spring:jar:2.5.6:test - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.springframework:spring-jdbc:jar:2.5.6.SEC01:test | | +- (commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:test - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.springframework:spring-beans:jar:2.5.6.SEC01:test - omitted for conflict with 2.5.6) | | +- (org.springframework:spring-context:jar:2.5.6.SEC01:test - omitted for conflict with 2.5.6) | | +- (org.springframework:spring-core:jar:2.5.6.SEC01:test - omitted for conflict with 2.5.6) | | \- (org.springframework:spring-tx:jar:2.5.6.SEC01:test - omitted for conflict with 2.5.6) | +- (org.dbunit:dbunit:jar:2.4.5:test - omitted for duplicate) | +- (log4j:log4j:jar:1.2.15:test - omitted for duplicate) | +- (org.slf4j:slf4j-api:jar:1.5.6:compile - version managed from 1.5.8; scope updated from test; omitted for duplicate) | +- (org.slf4j:slf4j-log4j12:jar:1.5.6:test - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.jboss.seam:jboss-seam:jar:2.2.0.GA:test | | +- xstream:xstream:jar:1.1.3:test | | +- (xpp3:xpp3_min:jar:1.1.3.4.O:compile - scope updated from test; omitted for duplicate) | | \- org.jboss.el:jboss-el:jar:1.0_02.CR4:test | +- (org.testng:testng:jar:jdk15:5.8:test - omitted for duplicate) | +- (org.hibernate:hibernate-core:jar:3.3.2.GA:test - version managed from 3.3.0.SP1; omitted for duplicate) | +- org.hibernate:hibernate-entitymanager:jar:3.4.0.GA:test | | +- (org.hibernate:ejb3-persistence:jar:1.0.2.GA:test - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.hibernate:hibernate-commons-annotations:jar:3.1.0.GA:test - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.hibernate:hibernate-annotations:jar:3.4.0.GA:test - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.hibernate:hibernate-core:jar:3.3.2.GA:test - version managed from 3.3.0.SP1; omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.slf4j:slf4j-api:jar:1.5.6:test - version managed from 1.4.2; omitted for duplicate) | | +- (dom4j:dom4j:jar:1.6.1-jboss:test - version managed from 1.6.1; omitted for duplicate) | | +- (javax.transaction:jta:jar:1.0.1B:test - version managed from 1.1; omitted for duplicate) | | \- javassist:javassist:jar:3.4.GA:test | +- (org.hibernate:hibernate-validator:jar:3.1.0.GA:test - omitted for duplicate) | +- (org.apache.velocity:velocity:jar:1.6.2:test - omitted for duplicate) | \- (ojdbc:ojdbc:jar:14:test - omitted for duplicate) +- org.springframework:spring:jar:2.5.6:compile +- org.springframework.batch:spring-batch-core:jar:2.0.2.RELEASE:compile | +- org.springframework.batch:spring-batch-infrastructure:jar:2.0.2.RELEASE:compile | | +- (commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.springframework:spring-core:jar:2.5.6:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | \- (stax:stax:jar:1.2.0:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.aspectj:aspectjrt:jar:1.5.4:compile | +- org.aspectj:aspectjweaver:jar:1.5.4:compile | +- com.thoughtworks.xstream:xstream:jar:1.3:compile | | \- xpp3:xpp3_min:jar:1.1.4c:compile | +- org.codehaus.jettison:jettison:jar:1.0:compile | +- org.springframework:spring-aop:jar:2.5.6:compile | | +- aopalliance:aopalliance:jar:1.0:compile | | +- (commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.springframework:spring-beans:jar:2.5.6:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | \- (org.springframework:spring-core:jar:2.5.6:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.springframework:spring-beans:jar:2.5.6:compile | | +- (commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | \- (org.springframework:spring-core:jar:2.5.6:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.springframework:spring-context:jar:2.5.6:compile | | +- (aopalliance:aopalliance:jar:1.0:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.springframework:spring-beans:jar:2.5.6:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | \- (org.springframework:spring-core:jar:2.5.6:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.springframework:spring-core:jar:2.5.6:compile | | \- (commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.springframework:spring-tx:jar:2.5.6:compile | | +- (commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.springframework:spring-beans:jar:2.5.6:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.springframework:spring-context:jar:2.5.6:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | \- (org.springframework:spring-core:jar:2.5.6:compile - omitted for duplicate) | \- stax:stax:jar:1.2.0:compile | \- stax:stax-api:jar:1.0.1:compile +- commons-dbcp:commons-dbcp:jar:1.2.2:compile | \- commons-pool:commons-pool:jar:1.3:compile +- org.hibernate:hibernate-core:jar:3.3.2.GA:compile | +- antlr:antlr:jar:2.7.7:compile (version managed from 2.7.6) | +- dom4j:dom4j:jar:1.6.1-jboss:compile (version managed from 1.6.1) | +- javax.transaction:jta:jar:1.0.1B:compile (version managed from 1.1) | \- (org.slf4j:slf4j-api:jar:1.5.6:compile - version managed from 1.4.2; omitted for duplicate) +- org.hibernate:hibernate-validator:jar:3.1.0.GA:compile | +- (org.hibernate:hibernate-core:jar:3.3.2.GA:compile - version managed from 3.3.0.SP1; omitted for duplicate) | +- org.hibernate:hibernate-commons-annotations:jar:3.1.0.GA:compile | | \- (org.slf4j:slf4j-api:jar:1.5.6:compile - version managed from 1.4.2; omitted for duplicate) | \- (org.slf4j:slf4j-api:jar:1.5.6:compile - version managed from 1.4.2; omitted for duplicate) +- org.hibernate:hibernate-annotations:jar:3.4.0.GA:compile | +- org.hibernate:ejb3-persistence:jar:1.0.2.GA:compile | +- (org.hibernate:hibernate-commons-annotations:jar:3.1.0.GA:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- (org.hibernate:hibernate-core:jar:3.3.2.GA:compile - version managed from 3.3.0.SP1; omitted for duplicate) | +- (org.slf4j:slf4j-api:jar:1.5.6:compile - version managed from 1.4.2; omitted for duplicate) | \- (dom4j:dom4j:jar:1.6.1-jboss:compile - version managed from 1.6.1; omitted for duplicate) +- ojdbc:ojdbc:jar:14:compile +- org.slf4j:slf4j-api:jar:1.5.6:compile +- org.slf4j:slf4j-log4j12:jar:1.5.6:compile | \- (org.slf4j:slf4j-api:jar:1.5.6:compile - version managed from 1.4.2; omitted for duplicate) +- log4j:log4j:jar:1.2.15:compile +- org.apache.velocity:velocity:jar:1.6.2:compile | +- (commons-collections:commons-collections:jar:3.2.1:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- (commons-lang:commons-lang:jar:2.4:compile - omitted for duplicate) | \- oro:oro:jar:2.0.8:compile +- org.testng:testng:jar:jdk15:5.8:test +- org.dbunit:dbunit:jar:2.4.5:test | +- junit:junit:jar:4.7:test (version managed from 3.8.2) | +- (org.slf4j:slf4j-api:jar:1.5.6:test - version managed from 1.4.2; omitted for duplicate) | \- (commons-collections:commons-collections:jar:3.2.1:test - omitted for duplicate) +- hsqldb:hsqldb:jar:1.8.0.7:test +- jboss:javassist:jar:3.3.ga:provided +- org.jdom:jdom:jar:1.1:compile +- jaxen:jaxen:jar:1.1.1:provided +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:fop:jar:0.95:compile | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:xmlgraphics-commons:jar:1.3.1:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-svg-dom:jar:1.7:compile | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-svg-dom:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for cycle) | | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-anim:jar:1.7:compile | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-awt-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-dom:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-ext:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | \- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-parser:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-awt-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-css:jar:1.7:compile | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-ext:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | \- (xml-apis:xml-apis-ext:jar:1.3.04:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-dom:jar:1.7:compile | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-css:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-ext:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-xml:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | +- (xalan:xalan:jar:2.6.0:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | \- (xml-apis:xml-apis-ext:jar:1.3.04:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-ext:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-parser:jar:1.7:compile | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-awt-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | \- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-xml:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile | | \- xml-apis:xml-apis-ext:jar:1.3.04:compile | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-bridge:jar:1.7:compile | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-anim:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-awt-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-css:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-dom:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-ext:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-bridge:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for cycle) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-gvt:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-parser:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-bridge:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for cycle) | | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-script:jar:1.7:compile | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-svg-dom:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-xml:jar:1.7:compile | | | \- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- xalan:xalan:jar:2.6.0:compile | | \- (xml-apis:xml-apis-ext:jar:1.3.04:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-awt-util:jar:1.7:compile | | \- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-gvt:jar:1.7:compile | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-awt-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-gvt:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for cycle) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-bridge:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | \- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-transcoder:jar:1.7:compile | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-awt-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-bridge:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-dom:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-gvt:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-svg-dom:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-svggen:jar:1.7:compile | | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-awt-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | | \- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-xml:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | \- (xml-apis:xml-apis-ext:jar:1.3.04:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-extension:jar:1.7:compile | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-awt-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-bridge:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-css:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-dom:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-ext:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-gvt:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-parser:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-svg-dom:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | +- (org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-util:jar:1.7:compile - omitted for duplicate) | | \- (xml-apis:xml-apis-ext:jar:1.3.04:compile - omitted for duplicate) | +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:batik-ext:jar:1.7:compile | +- commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:compile | +- commons-io:commons-io:jar:1.3.1:compile | \- org.apache.avalon.framework:avalon-framework-api:jar:4.3.1:compile +- org.apache.xmlgraphics:xmlgraphics-commons:jar:1.3.1:compile | +- (commons-io:commons-io:jar:1.3.1:compile - omitted for duplicate) | \- (commons-logging:commons-logging:jar:1.1.1:compile - version managed from 1.0.4; omitted for duplicate) +- org.easymock:easymock:jar:2.0:test \- org.easymock:easymockclassextension:jar:2.2:test +- (org.easymock:easymock:jar:2.2:test - omitted for conflict with 2.0) \- cglib:cglib-nodep:jar:2.2:test (version managed from 2.1_3) Can anyone tell me how to clear out intellij's classpath too?

    Read the article

  • wxWidgets in Code::Blocks

    - by Vlad
    Hello all, I'm trying to compile the minimal sample from the "Cross-Platform GUI Programming with wxWidgets" book but the following compile errors: ||=== minimal, Debug ===| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_frame.o):frame.cpp:(.text+0x918)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume' | C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_frame.o):frame.cpp:(.text+0x931)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_frame.o):frame.cpp:(.text+0xa96)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_frame.o):frame.cpp:(.text+0xada)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_frame.o):frame.cpp:(.text+0xb1e)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_frame.o):frame.cpp:(.eh_frame+0x12)||undefined reference to `___gxx_personality_v0'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_datacmn.o):datacmn.cpp:(.eh_frame+0x11)||undefined reference to `___gxx_personality_v0'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdicmn.o):gdicmn.cpp:(.text+0x63a)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdicmn.o):gdicmn.cpp:(.text+0x696)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdicmn.o):gdicmn.cpp:(.text+0x6f2)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdicmn.o):gdicmn.cpp:(.text+0x74a)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdicmn.o):gdicmn.cpp:(.text+0x7a2)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdicmn.o):gdicmn.cpp:(.eh_frame+0x12)||undefined reference to `___gxx_personality_v0'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menu.o):menu.cpp:(.text+0x88f)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menu.o):menu.cpp:(.text+0x927)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume' | C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menu.o):menu.cpp:(.text+0x9bf)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menu.o):menu.cpp:(.text+0xb8b)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menu.o):menu.cpp:(.text+0xc87)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menu.o):menu.cpp:(.eh_frame+0x12)||undefined reference to `___gxx_personality_v0'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menucmn.o):menucmn.cpp:(.text+0xbc0)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menucmn.o):menucmn.cpp:(.text+0xc59)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menucmn.o):menucmn.cpp:(.text+0xcf5)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menucmn.o):menucmn.cpp:(.text+0xda6)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menucmn.o):menucmn.cpp:(.text+0xdce)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_menucmn.o):menucmn.cpp:(.eh_frame+0x12)||undefined reference to `___gxx_personality_v0'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_icon.o):icon.cpp:(.text+0x1ff)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_icon.o):icon.cpp:(.text+0x257)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_icon.o):icon.cpp:(.text+0x2af)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_icon.o):icon.cpp:(.text+0x2fc)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_icon.o):icon.cpp:(.text+0x36d)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_icon.o):icon.cpp:(.eh_frame+0x12)||undefined reference to `___gxx_personality_v0'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdiimage.o):gdiimage.cpp:(.text+0x4a8)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdiimage.o):gdiimage.cpp:(.text+0x73a)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdiimage.o):gdiimage.cpp:(.text+0x813)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdiimage.o):gdiimage.cpp:(.text+0xc06)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdiimage.o):gdiimage.cpp:(.text+0xd3e)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_gdiimage.o):gdiimage.cpp:(.eh_frame+0x12)||undefined reference to `___gxx_personality_v0'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_event.o):event.cpp:(.text+0x970)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_event.o):event.cpp:(.text+0xa80)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_event.o):event.cpp:(.text+0xb8c)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_event.o):event.cpp:(.text+0xc78)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_event.o):event.cpp:(.text+0xd4f)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_event.o):event.cpp:(.eh_frame+0x12)||undefined reference to `___gxx_personality_v0'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_appcmn.o):appcmn.cpp:(.text+0x2ef)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_appcmn.o):appcmn.cpp:(.text+0x32b)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_appcmn.o):appcmn.cpp:(.text+0x43d)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_appcmn.o):appcmn.cpp:(.text+0x586)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_appcmn.o):appcmn.cpp:(.text+0x601)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_appcmn.o):appcmn.cpp:(.eh_frame+0x12)||undefined reference to `___gxx_personality_v0'| C:\SourceCode\Libraries\wxWidgets2.8\lib\gcc_lib\libwxmsw28u_core.a(corelib_app.o):app.cpp:(.text+0x1da)||undefined reference to `__Unwind_Resume'| ||More errors follow but not being shown.| ||Edit the max errors limit in compiler options...| ||=== Build finished: 50 errors, 0 warnings ===| Here's the code sample from the book: #include "wx/wx.h" #include "mondrian.xpm" // Declare the application class class MyApp : public wxApp { public: // Called on application startup virtual bool OnInit(); }; // Declare our main frame class class MyFrame : public wxFrame { public: // Constructor MyFrame(const wxString& title); // Event handlers void OnQuit(wxCommandEvent& event); void OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& event); private: // This class handles events DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() }; // Implements MyApp& GetApp() DECLARE_APP(MyApp) // Give wxWidgets the means to create a MyApp object IMPLEMENT_APP(MyApp) // Initialize the application bool MyApp::OnInit() { // Create the main application window MyFrame *frame = new MyFrame(wxT("Minimal wxWidgets App")); // Show it frame->Show(true); // Start the event loop return true; } // Event table for MyFrame BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(MyFrame, wxFrame) EVT_MENU(wxID_ABOUT, MyFrame::OnAbout) EVT_MENU(wxID_EXIT, MyFrame::OnQuit) END_EVENT_TABLE() void MyFrame::OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& event) { wxString msg; msg.Printf(wxT("Hello and welcome to %s"), wxVERSION_STRING); wxMessageBox(msg, wxT("About Minimal"), wxOK | wxICON_INFORMATION, this); } void MyFrame::OnQuit(wxCommandEvent& event) { // Destroy the frame Close(); } MyFrame::MyFrame(const wxString& title) : wxFrame(NULL, wxID_ANY, title) { // Set the frame icon SetIcon(wxIcon(mondrian_xpm)); // Create a menu bar wxMenu *fileMenu = new wxMenu; // The “About” item should be in the help menu wxMenu *helpMenu = new wxMenu; helpMenu->Append(wxID_ABOUT, wxT("&About...\tF1"), wxT("Show about dialog")); fileMenu->Append(wxID_EXIT, wxT("E&xit\tAlt-X"), wxT("Quit this program")); // Now append the freshly created menu to the menu bar... wxMenuBar *menuBar = new wxMenuBar(); menuBar->Append(fileMenu, wxT("&File")); menuBar->Append(helpMenu, wxT("&Help")); // ... and attach this menu bar to the frame SetMenuBar(menuBar); // Create a status bar just for fun CreateStatusBar(2); SetStatusText(wxT("Welcome to wxWidgets!")); } So what's happenning? Thanks! P.S.: I installed wxWidgets through wxPack wich afaik comes with everything precomplied and i also added the wxWidgets directory to Global variables-base in Code::Blocks so everything should be correctly set, right?

    Read the article

  • Designer issue in VS: Events cannot be set on the object passed to the event binding service ...

    - by serhio
    I have a little problem: the Winform control (that contains between others WPF) suddenly stopped to be displayed in Designer. Message: Events cannot be set on the object passed to the event binding service because a site associated with the object could not be located. Call Stack: at System.ComponentModel.Design.EventBindingService.EventPropertyDescriptor.SetValue(Object component, Object value) at System.ComponentModel.Design.Serialization.CodeDomSerializerBase.DeserializeAttachEventStatement(IDesignerSerializationManager manager, CodeAttachEventStatement statement) at System.ComponentModel.Design.Serialization.CodeDomSerializerBase.DeserializeStatement(IDesignerSerializationManager manager, CodeStatement statement) Where could be the problem? InitializeComponent code Private Sub InitializeComponent() Dim resources As System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager = New System.ComponentModel.ComponentResourceManager(GetType(PlanDeLigne)) Dim Appearance1 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance2 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance3 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance4 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance5 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance6 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance7 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance8 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance9 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance10 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance11 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Dim Appearance12 As Infragistics.Win.Appearance = New Infragistics.Win.Appearance() Me.mnbMenu = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStrip() Me.mncMode = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripComboBox() Me.mnbSeparator1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mnbAdd = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.mnbDelete = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.mnbSeparator2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mnbDropDownAction = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripDropDownButton() Me.mnbDropDownActionSens = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mnbDropDownActionSeparator1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mnbDropDownActionDistances = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mnbDropDownActionSeparator2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mnbSeparator3 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mnbSelectionZoom = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.mnbCancelZoom = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.mnbSeparator4 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mnbParametrage = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripButton() Me.mncSPlacerArret = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncSSeparator1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mncSImage = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncSDefinirLastArret = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncSSeparator2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mncSSupprimerArrets = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncSInsererArret = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncSSeparator3 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mncSInformations = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncSSupprimerSegment = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncSSeparator4 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mncSBatirTroncon = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncTInformations = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncTDistances = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncTSeparator1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mncTTempsDeParcours = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncTSeparator2 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mncTCreerSensInverse = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncTSeparator3 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mncTSupprimerTroncon = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncTBatirItineraire = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncIInformations = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.mncISeparator1 = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripSeparator() Me.mncISupprimerItineraire = New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripMenuItem() Me.SplitContainer = New System.Windows.Forms.SplitContainer() Me.ElementHost1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Integration.ElementHost() Me._StopsCanvas = New Keolis.ctlWpfPlanDeLigne.StopsCanvas() Me.lblTitreCreation = New Keolis.ctlComponents.Label() Me.Panel1 = New System.Windows.Forms.Panel() Me.btnOk = New Keolis.ctlComponents.Button() Me.btnAnnuler = New Keolis.ctlComponents.Button() Me.grdCreation = New Keolis.ctlWinGrid.WinGrid() Me.mnbMenu.SuspendLayout() CType(Me.SplitContainer, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() Me.SplitContainer.Panel1.SuspendLayout() Me.SplitContainer.Panel2.SuspendLayout() Me.SplitContainer.SuspendLayout() Me.Panel1.SuspendLayout() CType(Me.grdCreation, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).BeginInit() Me.SuspendLayout() ' 'mnbMenu ' Me.mnbMenu.GripStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripGripStyle.Hidden Me.mnbMenu.Items.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.mncMode, Me.mnbSeparator1, Me.mnbAdd, Me.mnbDelete, Me.mnbSeparator2, Me.mnbDropDownAction, Me.mnbSeparator3, Me.mnbSelectionZoom, Me.mnbCancelZoom, Me.mnbSeparator4, Me.mnbParametrage}) Me.mnbMenu.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.mnbMenu.Name = "mnbMenu" Me.mnbMenu.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(605, 25) Me.mnbMenu.TabIndex = 2 ' 'mncMode ' Me.mncMode.DropDownStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ComboBoxStyle.DropDownList Me.mncMode.Name = "mncMode" Me.mncMode.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(121, 25) Me.mncMode.ToolTipText = "Mode du plan de ligne" ' 'mnbSeparator1 ' Me.mnbSeparator1.AutoSize = False Me.mnbSeparator1.Name = "mnbSeparator1" Me.mnbSeparator1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 25) ' 'mnbAdd ' Me.mnbAdd.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image Me.mnbAdd.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("mnbAdd.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.mnbAdd.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.mnbAdd.Name = "mnbAdd" Me.mnbAdd.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(23, 22) Me.mnbAdd.Text = "Création Tronçon / Itinéraire" ' 'mnbDelete ' Me.mnbDelete.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image Me.mnbDelete.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("mnbDelete.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.mnbDelete.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.mnbDelete.Name = "mnbDelete" Me.mnbDelete.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(23, 22) Me.mnbDelete.Text = "Supprimer les éléments sélectionnés" ' 'mnbSeparator2 ' Me.mnbSeparator2.AutoSize = False Me.mnbSeparator2.Name = "mnbSeparator2" Me.mnbSeparator2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 25) ' 'mnbDropDownAction ' Me.mnbDropDownAction.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image Me.mnbDropDownAction.DropDownItems.AddRange(New System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItem() {Me.mnbDropDownActionSens, Me.mnbDropDownActionSeparator1, Me.mnbDropDownActionDistances, Me.mnbDropDownActionSeparator2, Me.mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques}) Me.mnbDropDownAction.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("mnbDropDownAction.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.mnbDropDownAction.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.mnbDropDownAction.Name = "mnbDropDownAction" Me.mnbDropDownAction.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(29, 22) Me.mnbDropDownAction.Text = "Action sur le plan de ligne" ' 'mnbDropDownActionSens ' Me.mnbDropDownActionSens.Checked = True Me.mnbDropDownActionSens.CheckOnClick = True Me.mnbDropDownActionSens.CheckState = System.Windows.Forms.CheckState.Checked Me.mnbDropDownActionSens.Name = "mnbDropDownActionSens" Me.mnbDropDownActionSens.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(222, 22) Me.mnbDropDownActionSens.Text = "Afficher le sens" ' 'mnbDropDownActionSeparator1 ' Me.mnbDropDownActionSeparator1.Name = "mnbDropDownActionSeparator1" Me.mnbDropDownActionSeparator1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(219, 6) ' 'mnbDropDownActionDistances ' Me.mnbDropDownActionDistances.Checked = True Me.mnbDropDownActionDistances.CheckOnClick = True Me.mnbDropDownActionDistances.CheckState = System.Windows.Forms.CheckState.Checked Me.mnbDropDownActionDistances.Name = "mnbDropDownActionDistances" Me.mnbDropDownActionDistances.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(222, 22) Me.mnbDropDownActionDistances.Text = "Afficher les distances" ' 'mnbDropDownActionSeparator2 ' Me.mnbDropDownActionSeparator2.Name = "mnbDropDownActionSeparator2" Me.mnbDropDownActionSeparator2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(219, 6) ' 'mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques ' Me.mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques.Checked = True Me.mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques.CheckOnClick = True Me.mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques.CheckState = System.Windows.Forms.CheckState.Checked Me.mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques.Name = "mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques" Me.mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(222, 22) Me.mnbDropDownActionArretsPhysiques.Text = "Afficher les arrêts physiques" ' 'mnbSeparator3 ' Me.mnbSeparator3.AutoSize = False Me.mnbSeparator3.Name = "mnbSeparator3" Me.mnbSeparator3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 25) ' 'mnbSelectionZoom ' Me.mnbSelectionZoom.CheckOnClick = True Me.mnbSelectionZoom.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image Me.mnbSelectionZoom.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("mnbSelectionZoom.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.mnbSelectionZoom.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.mnbSelectionZoom.Name = "mnbSelectionZoom" Me.mnbSelectionZoom.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(23, 22) Me.mnbSelectionZoom.Text = "Zoom par sélection" ' 'mnbCancelZoom ' Me.mnbCancelZoom.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image Me.mnbCancelZoom.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("mnbCancelZoom.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.mnbCancelZoom.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.mnbCancelZoom.Name = "mnbCancelZoom" Me.mnbCancelZoom.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(23, 22) Me.mnbCancelZoom.Text = "Annuler le zoom" ' 'mnbSeparator4 ' Me.mnbSeparator4.AutoSize = False Me.mnbSeparator4.Name = "mnbSeparator4" Me.mnbSeparator4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(20, 25) ' 'mnbParametrage ' Me.mnbParametrage.DisplayStyle = System.Windows.Forms.ToolStripItemDisplayStyle.Image Me.mnbParametrage.Image = CType(resources.GetObject("mnbParametrage.Image"), System.Drawing.Image) Me.mnbParametrage.ImageTransparentColor = System.Drawing.Color.Magenta Me.mnbParametrage.Name = "mnbParametrage" Me.mnbParametrage.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(23, 22) Me.mnbParametrage.Text = "Paramétrage" ' 'mncSPlacerArret ' Me.mncSPlacerArret.Name = "mncSPlacerArret" Me.mncSPlacerArret.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 22) Me.mncSPlacerArret.Text = "Placer un arrêt" ' 'mncSSeparator1 ' Me.mncSSeparator1.Name = "mncSSeparator1" Me.mncSSeparator1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(213, 6) ' 'mncSImage ' Me.mncSImage.Name = "mncSImage" Me.mncSImage.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 22) Me.mncSImage.Text = "Image..." ' 'mncSDefinirLastArret ' Me.mncSDefinirLastArret.Name = "mncSDefinirLastArret" Me.mncSDefinirLastArret.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 22) Me.mncSDefinirLastArret.Text = "Définir comme dernier arrêt" ' 'mncSSeparator2 ' Me.mncSSeparator2.Name = "mncSSeparator2" Me.mncSSeparator2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(213, 6) ' 'mncSSupprimerArrets ' Me.mncSSupprimerArrets.Name = "mncSSupprimerArrets" Me.mncSSupprimerArrets.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 22) Me.mncSSupprimerArrets.Text = "Supprimer le ou les arrêts" ' 'mncSInsererArret ' Me.mncSInsererArret.Name = "mncSInsererArret" Me.mncSInsererArret.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 22) Me.mncSInsererArret.Text = "Insérer un arrêt" ' 'mncSSeparator3 ' Me.mncSSeparator3.Name = "mncSSeparator3" Me.mncSSeparator3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(213, 6) ' 'mncSInformations ' Me.mncSInformations.Name = "mncSInformations" Me.mncSInformations.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 22) Me.mncSInformations.Text = "Modifier les informations" ' 'mncSSupprimerSegment ' Me.mncSSupprimerSegment.Name = "mncSSupprimerSegment" Me.mncSSupprimerSegment.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 22) Me.mncSSupprimerSegment.Text = "Supprimer le segment" ' 'mncSSeparator4 ' Me.mncSSeparator4.Name = "mncSSeparator4" Me.mncSSeparator4.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(213, 6) ' 'mncSBatirTroncon ' Me.mncSBatirTroncon.Name = "mncSBatirTroncon" Me.mncSBatirTroncon.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(216, 22) Me.mncSBatirTroncon.Text = "Bâtir un tronçon" ' 'mncTInformations ' Me.mncTInformations.Name = "mncTInformations" Me.mncTInformations.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(201, 22) Me.mncTInformations.Text = "Modifier les informations" ' 'mncTDistances ' Me.mncTDistances.Name = "mncTDistances" Me.mncTDistances.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(201, 22) Me.mncTDistances.Text = "Modifier les distances" ' 'mncTSeparator1 ' Me.mncTSeparator1.Name = "mncTSeparator1" Me.mncTSeparator1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(198, 6) ' 'mncTTempsDeParcours ' Me.mncTTempsDeParcours.Name = "mncTTempsDeParcours" Me.mncTTempsDeParcours.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(201, 22) Me.mncTTempsDeParcours.Text = "Temps de parcours" ' 'mncTSeparator2 ' Me.mncTSeparator2.Name = "mncTSeparator2" Me.mncTSeparator2.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(198, 6) ' 'mncTCreerSensInverse ' Me.mncTCreerSensInverse.Name = "mncTCreerSensInverse" Me.mncTCreerSensInverse.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(201, 22) Me.mncTCreerSensInverse.Text = "Créer le sens inverse" ' 'mncTSeparator3 ' Me.mncTSeparator3.Name = "mncTSeparator3" Me.mncTSeparator3.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(198, 6) ' 'mncTSupprimerTroncon ' Me.mncTSupprimerTroncon.Name = "mncTSupprimerTroncon" Me.mncTSupprimerTroncon.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(201, 22) Me.mncTSupprimerTroncon.Text = "Supprimer le tronçon" ' 'mncTBatirItineraire ' Me.mncTBatirItineraire.Name = "mncTBatirItineraire" Me.mncTBatirItineraire.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(201, 22) Me.mncTBatirItineraire.Text = "Bâtir un itinéraire" ' 'mncIInformations ' Me.mncIInformations.Name = "mncIInformations" Me.mncIInformations.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(201, 22) Me.mncIInformations.Text = "Modifier les informations" ' 'mncISeparator1 ' Me.mncISeparator1.Name = "mncISeparator1" Me.mncISeparator1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(198, 6) ' 'mncISupprimerItineraire ' Me.mncISupprimerItineraire.Name = "mncISupprimerItineraire" Me.mncISupprimerItineraire.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(201, 22) Me.mncISupprimerItineraire.Text = "Supprimer l'itinéraires" ' 'SplitContainer ' Me.SplitContainer.BorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.BorderStyle.Fixed3D Me.SplitContainer.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.SplitContainer.FixedPanel = System.Windows.Forms.FixedPanel.Panel2 Me.SplitContainer.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 25) Me.SplitContainer.Name = "SplitContainer" ' 'SplitContainer.Panel1 ' Me.SplitContainer.Panel1.AutoScroll = True Me.SplitContainer.Panel1.Controls.Add(Me.ElementHost1) ' 'SplitContainer.Panel2 ' Me.SplitContainer.Panel2.Controls.Add(Me.lblTitreCreation) Me.SplitContainer.Panel2.Controls.Add(Me.Panel1) Me.SplitContainer.Panel2.Controls.Add(Me.grdCreation) Me.SplitContainer.Panel2MinSize = 0 Me.SplitContainer.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(605, 418) Me.SplitContainer.SplitterDistance = 428 Me.SplitContainer.SplitterWidth = 2 Me.SplitContainer.TabIndex = 1 ' 'ElementHost1 ' Me.ElementHost1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Fill Me.ElementHost1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 0) Me.ElementHost1.Name = "ElementHost1" Me.ElementHost1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(424, 414) Me.ElementHost1.TabIndex = 0 Me.ElementHost1.Text = "ElementHost1" Me.ElementHost1.Child = Me._StopsCanvas ' 'lblTitreCreation ' Me.lblTitreCreation.Anchor = CType(((System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Top Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Left) _ Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Right), System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles) Me.lblTitreCreation.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(3, 4) Me.lblTitreCreation.Name = "lblTitreCreation" Me.lblTitreCreation.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(167, 16) Me.lblTitreCreation.TabIndex = 4 ' 'Panel1 ' Me.Panel1.AutoSize = True Me.Panel1.AutoSizeMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoSizeMode.GrowAndShrink Me.Panel1.Controls.Add(Me.btnOk) Me.Panel1.Controls.Add(Me.btnAnnuler) Me.Panel1.Dock = System.Windows.Forms.DockStyle.Bottom Me.Panel1.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 385) Me.Panel1.Name = "Panel1" Me.Panel1.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(171, 29) Me.Panel1.TabIndex = 3 ' 'btnOk ' Me.btnOk.Anchor = CType((System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Top Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Right), System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles) Me.btnOk.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Control Me.btnOk.FlatAppearance.MouseDownBackColor = System.Drawing.Color.LightSlateGray Me.btnOk.FlatAppearance.MouseOverBackColor = System.Drawing.Color.LightSteelBlue Me.btnOk.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat Me.btnOk.Font = New System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25!, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Regular, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, CType(0, Byte)) Me.btnOk.ForeColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ControlText Me.btnOk.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(12, 3) Me.btnOk.Name = "btnOk" Me.btnOk.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(75, 23) Me.btnOk.TabIndex = 6 Me.btnOk.Text = "OK" Me.btnOk.UseVisualStyleBackColor = True ' 'btnAnnuler ' Me.btnAnnuler.Anchor = CType((System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Top Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Right), System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles) Me.btnAnnuler.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Control Me.btnAnnuler.DialogResult = System.Windows.Forms.DialogResult.Cancel Me.btnAnnuler.FlatAppearance.MouseDownBackColor = System.Drawing.Color.LightSlateGray Me.btnAnnuler.FlatAppearance.MouseOverBackColor = System.Drawing.Color.LightSteelBlue Me.btnAnnuler.FlatStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FlatStyle.Flat Me.btnAnnuler.Font = New System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25!, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Regular, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, CType(0, Byte)) Me.btnAnnuler.ForeColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ControlText Me.btnAnnuler.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(93, 3) Me.btnAnnuler.Name = "btnAnnuler" Me.btnAnnuler.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(75, 23) Me.btnAnnuler.TabIndex = 7 Me.btnAnnuler.Text = "Annuler" Me.btnAnnuler.UseVisualStyleBackColor = True ' 'grdCreation ' Me.grdCreation.Anchor = CType((((System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Top Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Bottom) _ Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Left) _ Or System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles.Right), System.Windows.Forms.AnchorStyles) Me.grdCreation.AutoResizeColumns = False Me.grdCreation.ColumnsFiltreActif = False Appearance1.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Window Appearance1.BorderColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.InactiveCaption Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Appearance = Appearance1 Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.BorderStyle = Infragistics.Win.UIElementBorderStyle.Solid Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.CaptionVisible = Infragistics.Win.DefaultableBoolean.[False] Appearance2.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ActiveBorder Appearance2.BackColor2 = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ControlDark Appearance2.BackGradientStyle = Infragistics.Win.GradientStyle.Vertical Appearance2.BorderColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Window Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.GroupByBox.Appearance = Appearance2 Appearance3.ForeColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.GrayText Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.GroupByBox.BandLabelAppearance = Appearance3 Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.GroupByBox.BorderStyle = Infragistics.Win.UIElementBorderStyle.Solid Appearance4.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ControlLightLight Appearance4.BackColor2 = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Control Appearance4.BackGradientStyle = Infragistics.Win.GradientStyle.Horizontal Appearance4.ForeColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.GrayText Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.GroupByBox.PromptAppearance = Appearance4 Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.MaxColScrollRegions = 1 Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.MaxRowScrollRegions = 1 Appearance5.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Window Appearance5.ForeColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ControlText Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.ActiveCellAppearance = Appearance5 Appearance6.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Highlight Appearance6.ForeColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.HighlightText Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.ActiveRowAppearance = Appearance6 Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.AllowRowFiltering = Infragistics.Win.DefaultableBoolean.[False] Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.BorderStyleCell = Infragistics.Win.UIElementBorderStyle.Dotted Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.BorderStyleRow = Infragistics.Win.UIElementBorderStyle.Dotted Appearance7.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Window Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.CardAreaAppearance = Appearance7 Appearance8.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Silver Appearance8.TextTrimming = Infragistics.Win.TextTrimming.EllipsisCharacter Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.CellAppearance = Appearance8 Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.CellPadding = 0 Appearance9.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Control Appearance9.BackColor2 = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ControlDark Appearance9.BackGradientAlignment = Infragistics.Win.GradientAlignment.Element Appearance9.BackGradientStyle = Infragistics.Win.GradientStyle.Horizontal Appearance9.BorderColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Window Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.GroupByRowAppearance = Appearance9 Appearance10.TextHAlignAsString = "Left" Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.HeaderAppearance = Appearance10 Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.HeaderClickAction = Infragistics.Win.UltraWinGrid.HeaderClickAction.SortMulti Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.HeaderStyle = Infragistics.Win.HeaderStyle.WindowsXPCommand Appearance11.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.Window Appearance11.BorderColor = System.Drawing.Color.Silver Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.RowAppearance = Appearance11 Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.RowSelectors = Infragistics.Win.DefaultableBoolean.[False] Appearance12.BackColor = System.Drawing.SystemColors.ControlLight Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.Override.TemplateAddRowAppearance = Appearance12 Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.ScrollBounds = Infragistics.Win.UltraWinGrid.ScrollBounds.ScrollToFill Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.ScrollStyle = Infragistics.Win.UltraWinGrid.ScrollStyle.Immediate Me.grdCreation.DisplayLayout.ViewStyleBand = Infragistics.Win.UltraWinGrid.ViewStyleBand.OutlookGroupBy Me.grdCreation.Font = New System.Drawing.Font("Times New Roman", 8.25!, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Regular, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, CType(0, Byte)) Me.grdCreation.Location = New System.Drawing.Point(0, 23) Me.grdCreation.Name = "grdCreation" Me.grdCreation.PrintColumnsKey = Nothing Me.grdCreation.PrintRowsIndex = Nothing Me.grdCreation.PrintTitle = Nothing Me.grdCreation.RowsActivation = Infragistics.Win.UltraWinGrid.Activation.AllowEdit Me.grdCreation.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(175, 391) Me.grdCreation.TabIndex = 5 Me.grdCreation.Tag = "" ' 'PlanDeLigne ' Me.AutoScaleDimensions = New System.Drawing.SizeF(6.0!, 13.0!) Me.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font Me.Controls.Add(Me.SplitContainer) Me.Controls.Add(Me.mnbMenu) Me.MinimumSize = New System.Drawing.Size(605, 431) Me.Name = "PlanDeLigne" Me.Size = New System.Drawing.Size(605, 443) Me.mnbMenu.ResumeLayout(False) Me.mnbMenu.PerformLayout() Me.SplitContainer.Panel1.ResumeLayout(False) Me.SplitContainer.Panel2.ResumeLayout(False) Me.SplitContainer.Panel2.PerformLayout() CType(Me.SplitContainer, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() Me.SplitContainer.ResumeLayout(False) Me.Panel1.ResumeLayout(False) CType(Me.grdCreation, System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize).EndInit() Me.ResumeLayout(False) Me.PerformLayout() End Sub

    Read the article

  • Slow NFS and GFS2 performance

    - by Tiago
    Recently I've designed and configured a 4 node cluster for a webapp that does lots of file handling. The cluster have been broken down into 2 main roles, webserver and storage. Each role is replicated to a second server using drbd in active/passive mode. The webserver does a NFS mount of the data directory of the storage server and the latter also has a webserver running to serve files to browser clients. In the storage servers I've created a GFS2 FS to hold the data which is wired to drbd. I've chose GFS2 mainly because the announced performance and also because the volume size which has to be pretty high. Since we entered production I've been facing two problems that I think are deeply connected. First of all, the NFS mount on the webservers keeps hanging for a minute or so and then resumes normal operations. By analyzing the logs I've found out that NFS stops answering for a while and outputs the following log lines: Oct 15 18:15:42 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:44 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:46 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:47 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:47 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:47 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:48 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:48 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:51 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:52 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:52 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:55 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:55 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan not responding, still trying Oct 15 18:15:58 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK Oct 15 18:15:59 <server hostname> kernel: nfs: server active.storage.vlan OK In this case, the hang lasted for 16 seconds but sometimes it takes 1 or 2 minutes to resume normal operations. My first guess was this was happening due to heavy load of the NFS mount and that by increasing RPCNFSDCOUNT to a higher value, this would become stable. I've increased it several times and apparently, after a while, the logs started appearing less times. The value is now on 32. After further investigating the issue, I've came across a different hang, despite the NFS messages still appear in the logs. Sometimes, the GFS2 FS simply hangs which causes both the NFS and the storage webserver to serve files. Both stay hang for a while and then they resume normal operations. This hangs leaves no trace on client side (also leaves no NFS ... not responding messages) and, on the storage side, the log system appears to be empty, even though the rsyslogd is running. The nodes connect themselves through a 10Gbps non-dedicated connection but I don't think this is an issue because the GFS2 hang is confirmed but connecting directly to the active storage server. I've been trying to solve this for a while now and I've tried different NFS configuration options, before I've found out the GFS2 FS is also hanging. The NFS mount is exported as such: /srv/data/ <ip_address>(rw,async,no_root_squash,no_all_squash,fsid=25) And the NFS client mounts with: mount -o "async,hard,intr,wsize=8192,rsize=8192" active.storage.vlan:/srv/data /srv/data After some tests, these were the configurations that yielded more performance to the cluster. I am desperate to find a solution for this as the cluster is already in production mode and I need to fix this so that this hangs won't happen in the future and I don't really know for sure what and how I should be benchmarking. What I can tell is that this is happening due to heavy loads as I have tested the cluster earlier and this problems weren't happening at all. Please tell me if you need me to provide configuration details of the cluster, and which do you want me to post. As last resort I can migrate the files to a different FS but I need some solid pointers on whether this will solve this problems as the volume size is extremely large at this point. The servers are being hosted by a third-party enterprise and I don't have physical access to them. Best regards. EDIT 1: The servers are physical servers and their specs are: Webservers: Intel Bi Xeon E5606 2x4 2.13GHz 24GB DDR3 Intel SSD 320 2 x 120GB Raid 1 Storage: Intel i5 3550 3.3GHz 16GB DDR3 12 x 2TB SATA Initially there was a VRack setup between the servers but we've upgraded one of the storage servers to have more RAM and it wasn't inside the VRack. They connect through a shared 10Gbps connection between them. Please note that it is the same connection that is used for public access. They use a single IP (using IP Failover) to connect between them and to allow for a graceful failover. NFS is therefore over a public connection and not under any private network (it was before the upgrade, were the problem still existed). The firewall was configured and tested thoroughly but I disabled it for a while to see if the problem still occurred, and it did. From my knowledge the hosting provider isn't blocking or limiting the connection between either the servers and the public domain (at least under a given bandwidth consumption threshold that hasn't been reached yet). Hope this helps figuring out the problem. EDIT 2: Relevant software versions: CentOS 2.6.32-279.9.1.el6.x86_64 nfs-utils-1.2.3-26.el6.x86_64 nfs-utils-lib-1.1.5-4.el6.x86_64 gfs2-utils-3.0.12.1-32.el6_3.1.x86_64 kmod-drbd84-8.4.2-1.el6_3.elrepo.x86_64 drbd84-utils-8.4.2-1.el6.elrepo.x86_64 DRBD configuration on storage servers: #/etc/drbd.d/storage.res resource storage { protocol C; on <server1 fqdn> { device /dev/drbd0; disk /dev/vg_storage/LV_replicated; address <server1 ip>:7788; meta-disk internal; } on <server2 fqdn> { device /dev/drbd0; disk /dev/vg_storage/LV_replicated; address <server2 ip>:7788; meta-disk internal; } } NFS Configuration in storage servers: #/etc/sysconfig/nfs RPCNFSDCOUNT=32 STATD_PORT=10002 STATD_OUTGOING_PORT=10003 MOUNTD_PORT=10004 RQUOTAD_PORT=10005 LOCKD_UDPPORT=30001 LOCKD_TCPPORT=30001 (can there be any conflict in using the same port for both LOCKD_UDPPORT and LOCKD_TCPPORT?) GFS2 configuration: # gfs2_tool gettune <mountpoint> incore_log_blocks = 1024 log_flush_secs = 60 quota_warn_period = 10 quota_quantum = 60 max_readahead = 262144 complain_secs = 10 statfs_slow = 0 quota_simul_sync = 64 statfs_quantum = 30 quota_scale = 1.0000 (1, 1) new_files_jdata = 0 Storage network environment: eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr <mac address> inet addr:<ip address> Bcast:<bcast address> Mask:<ip mask> inet6 addr: <ip address> Scope:Link UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:957025127 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:1473338731 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000 RX bytes:2630984979622 (2.3 TiB) TX bytes:1648430431523 (1.4 TiB) eth0:0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr <mac address> inet addr:<ip failover address> Bcast:<bcast address> Mask:<ip mask> UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 The IP addresses are statically assigned with the given network configurations: DEVICE="eth0" BOOTPROTO="static" HWADDR=<mac address> ONBOOT="yes" TYPE="Ethernet" IPADDR=<ip address> NETMASK=<net mask> and DEVICE="eth0:0" BOOTPROTO="static" HWADDR=<mac address> IPADDR=<ip failover> NETMASK=<net mask> ONBOOT="yes" BROADCAST=<bcast address> Hosts file to allow for a graceful NFS failover in conjunction with NFS option fsid=25 set on both storage servers: #/etc/hosts <storage ip failover address> active.storage.vlan <webserver ip failover address> active.service.vlan As you can see, packet errors are down to 0. I've also ran ping for a long time without any packet loss. MTU size is the normal 1500. As there is no VLan by now, this is the MTU used to communicate between servers. The webservers' network environment is similar. One thing I forgot to mention is that the storage servers handle ~200GB of new files each day through the NFS connection, which is a key point for me to think this is some kind of heavy load problem with either NFS or GFS2. If you need further configuration details please tell me. EDIT 3: Earlier today we had a major filesystem crash on the storage server. I couldn't get the details of the crash right away because the server stop responding. After the reboot, I noticed the filesystem was extremely slow, and I was not being able to serve a single file through either NFS or httpd, perhaps due to cache warming or so. Nevertheless, I've been monitoring the server closely and the following error came up in dmesg. The source of the problem is clearly GFS, which is waiting for a lock and ends up starving after a while. INFO: task nfsd:3029 blocked for more than 120 seconds. "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. nfsd D 0000000000000000 0 3029 2 0x00000080 ffff8803814f79e0 0000000000000046 0000000000000000 ffffffff8109213f ffff880434c5e148 ffff880624508d88 ffff8803814f7960 ffffffffa037253f ffff8803815c1098 ffff8803814f7fd8 000000000000fb88 ffff8803815c1098 Call Trace: [<ffffffff8109213f>] ? wake_up_bit+0x2f/0x40 [<ffffffffa037253f>] ? gfs2_holder_wake+0x1f/0x30 [gfs2] [<ffffffff814ff42e>] __mutex_lock_slowpath+0x13e/0x180 [<ffffffff814ff2cb>] mutex_lock+0x2b/0x50 [<ffffffffa0379f21>] gfs2_log_reserve+0x51/0x190 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa0390da2>] gfs2_trans_begin+0x112/0x1d0 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa0369b05>] ? gfs2_dir_check+0x35/0xe0 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa0377943>] gfs2_createi+0x1a3/0xaa0 [gfs2] [<ffffffff8121aab1>] ? avc_has_perm+0x71/0x90 [<ffffffffa0383d1e>] gfs2_create+0x7e/0x1a0 [gfs2] [<ffffffffa037783f>] ? gfs2_createi+0x9f/0xaa0 [gfs2] [<ffffffff81188cf4>] vfs_create+0xb4/0xe0 [<ffffffffa04217d6>] nfsd_create_v3+0x366/0x4c0 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa0429703>] nfsd3_proc_create+0x123/0x1b0 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa041a43e>] nfsd_dispatch+0xfe/0x240 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa025a5d4>] svc_process_common+0x344/0x640 [sunrpc] [<ffffffff810602a0>] ? default_wake_function+0x0/0x20 [<ffffffffa025ac10>] svc_process+0x110/0x160 [sunrpc] [<ffffffffa041ab62>] nfsd+0xc2/0x160 [nfsd] [<ffffffffa041aaa0>] ? nfsd+0x0/0x160 [nfsd] [<ffffffff81091de6>] kthread+0x96/0xa0 [<ffffffff8100c14a>] child_rip+0xa/0x20 [<ffffffff81091d50>] ? kthread+0x0/0xa0 [<ffffffff8100c140>] ? child_rip+0x0/0x20

    Read the article

  • Bundler isn't loading gems

    - by Garrett
    I have been having a problem with using Bundler and being able to access my gems without having to require them somewhere, as config.gem used to do that for me (as far as I know). In my Rails 3 app, I defined my Gemfile like so: clear_sources source "http://gemcutter.org" source "http://gems.github.com" bundle_path "vendor/bundler_gems" ## Bundle edge rails: git "git://github.com/rails/arel.git" git "git://github.com/rails/rack.git" gem "rails", :git => "git://github.com/rails/rails.git" ## Bundle gem "mongo_mapper", :git => "git://github.com/jnunemaker/mongomapper.git" gem "bluecloth", ">= 2.0.0" Then I run gem bundle, it bundles it all up like expected. Inside the environment.rb file that is included within boot.rb it looks like this: # DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE module Bundler file = File.expand_path(__FILE__) dir = File.dirname(file) ENV["PATH"] = "#{dir}/../../../../bin:#{ENV["PATH"]}" ENV["RUBYOPT"] = "-r#{file} #{ENV["RUBYOPT"]}" $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/builder-2.1.2/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/builder-2.1.2/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/text-hyphen-1.0.0/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/text-hyphen-1.0.0/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/i18n-0.3.3/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/i18n-0.3.3/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/arel/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/arel/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activemodel/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activemodel/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/jnunemaker-validatable-1.8.1/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/jnunemaker-validatable-1.8.1/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/abstract-1.0.0/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/abstract-1.0.0/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/erubis-2.6.5/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/erubis-2.6.5/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mime-types-1.16/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mime-types-1.16/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mail-2.1.2/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mail-2.1.2/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rake-0.8.7/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rake-0.8.7/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/railties/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/railties/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/memcache-client-1.7.7/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/memcache-client-1.7.7/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rack/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rack/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rack-test-0.5.3/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rack-test-0.5.3/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rack-mount-0.4.5/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/rack-mount-0.4.5/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/actionpack/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/actionpack/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/bluecloth-2.0.7/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/bluecloth-2.0.7/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/bluecloth-2.0.7/ext") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activerecord/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activerecord/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/text-format-1.0.0/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/text-format-1.0.0/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/actionmailer/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/actionmailer/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/tzinfo-0.3.16/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/tzinfo-0.3.16/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activesupport/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activesupport/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activeresource/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/activeresource/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/rails/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mongo-0.18.2/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/gems/mongo-0.18.2/lib") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/mongomapper/bin") $LOAD_PATH.unshift File.expand_path("#{dir}/dirs/mongomapper/lib") @gemfile = "#{dir}/../../../../Gemfile" require "rubygems" unless respond_to?(:gem) # 1.9 already has RubyGems loaded @bundled_specs = {} @bundled_specs["builder"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/builder-2.1.2.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["builder"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/builder-2.1.2.gemspec" @bundled_specs["text-hyphen"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/text-hyphen-1.0.0.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["text-hyphen"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/text-hyphen-1.0.0.gemspec" @bundled_specs["i18n"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/i18n-0.3.3.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["i18n"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/i18n-0.3.3.gemspec" @bundled_specs["arel"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/arel-0.2.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["arel"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/arel-0.2.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["activemodel"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/activemodel-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["activemodel"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/activemodel-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["jnunemaker-validatable"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/jnunemaker-validatable-1.8.1.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["jnunemaker-validatable"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/jnunemaker-validatable-1.8.1.gemspec" @bundled_specs["abstract"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/abstract-1.0.0.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["abstract"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/abstract-1.0.0.gemspec" @bundled_specs["erubis"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/erubis-2.6.5.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["erubis"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/erubis-2.6.5.gemspec" @bundled_specs["mime-types"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/mime-types-1.16.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["mime-types"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/mime-types-1.16.gemspec" @bundled_specs["mail"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/mail-2.1.2.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["mail"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/mail-2.1.2.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rake"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rake-0.8.7.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rake"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rake-0.8.7.gemspec" @bundled_specs["railties"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/railties-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["railties"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/railties-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["memcache-client"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/memcache-client-1.7.7.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["memcache-client"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/memcache-client-1.7.7.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rack"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rack-1.1.0.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rack"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rack-1.1.0.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rack-test"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rack-test-0.5.3.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rack-test"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rack-test-0.5.3.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rack-mount"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rack-mount-0.4.5.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rack-mount"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rack-mount-0.4.5.gemspec" @bundled_specs["actionpack"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/actionpack-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["actionpack"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/actionpack-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["bluecloth"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/bluecloth-2.0.7.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["bluecloth"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/bluecloth-2.0.7.gemspec" @bundled_specs["activerecord"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/activerecord-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["activerecord"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/activerecord-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["text-format"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/text-format-1.0.0.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["text-format"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/text-format-1.0.0.gemspec" @bundled_specs["actionmailer"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/actionmailer-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["actionmailer"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/actionmailer-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["tzinfo"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/tzinfo-0.3.16.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["tzinfo"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/tzinfo-0.3.16.gemspec" @bundled_specs["activesupport"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/activesupport-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["activesupport"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/activesupport-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["activeresource"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/activeresource-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["activeresource"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/activeresource-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["rails"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/rails-3.0.pre.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["rails"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/rails-3.0.pre.gemspec" @bundled_specs["mongo"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/mongo-0.18.2.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["mongo"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/mongo-0.18.2.gemspec" @bundled_specs["mongo_mapper"] = eval(File.read("#{dir}/specifications/mongo_mapper-0.6.10.gemspec")) @bundled_specs["mongo_mapper"].loaded_from = "#{dir}/specifications/mongo_mapper-0.6.10.gemspec" def self.add_specs_to_loaded_specs Gem.loaded_specs.merge! @bundled_specs end def self.add_specs_to_index @bundled_specs.each do |name, spec| Gem.source_index.add_spec spec end end add_specs_to_loaded_specs add_specs_to_index def self.require_env(env = nil) context = Class.new do def initialize(env) @env = env && env.to_s ; end def method_missing(*) ; yield if block_given? ; end def only(*env) old, @only = @only, _combine_only(env.flatten) yield @only = old end def except(*env) old, @except = @except, _combine_except(env.flatten) yield @except = old end def gem(name, *args) opt = args.last.is_a?(Hash) ? args.pop : {} only = _combine_only(opt[:only] || opt["only"]) except = _combine_except(opt[:except] || opt["except"]) files = opt[:require_as] || opt["require_as"] || name files = [files] unless files.respond_to?(:each) return unless !only || only.any? {|e| e == @env } return if except && except.any? {|e| e == @env } if files = opt[:require_as] || opt["require_as"] files = Array(files) files.each { |f| require f } else begin require name rescue LoadError # Do nothing end end yield if block_given? true end private def _combine_only(only) return @only unless only only = [only].flatten.compact.uniq.map { |o| o.to_s } only &= @only if @only only end def _combine_except(except) return @except unless except except = [except].flatten.compact.uniq.map { |o| o.to_s } except |= @except if @except except end end context.new(env && env.to_s).instance_eval(File.read(@gemfile), @gemfile, 1) end end module Gem @loaded_stacks = Hash.new { |h,k| h[k] = [] } def source_index.refresh! super Bundler.add_specs_to_index end end But when I try to access any of my gems, e.g. MongoMapper, Paperclip, Haml, etc. I get: NameError: uninitialized constant MongoMapper The same goes for any other gem. Does Bundler not include gems like the old Rails 2.0 did? Or is something messed up with my system? Any help would be appreciated, thank you!

    Read the article

  • How to Edit data in nested Listview

    - by miti737
    I am using listview to display a list of items and a nested listview to show list of features to each item. Both parent and child listview need to able Insert,Edit and delete operation. It works fine for parent listview. But when I try to edit an child item, The edit button does not take it into Edit mode. Can you please suggest me what I am missing in my code? <asp:ListView ID="lvParent" runat="server" OnItemDataBound="lvParent_ItemDataBound" onitemcanceling="lvParent_ItemCanceling" onitemcommand="lvParent_ItemCommand" DataKeyNames="ItemID" onitemdeleting="lvParent_ItemDeleting" oniteminserting="lvParent_ItemInserting" > <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="itemPlaceholder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> <div align="right"> <asp:Button ID="btnInsert" runat="server" Text="ADD Item" onclick="btnInsert_Click"/> </div> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <table runat="server" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" border="0" width="100%"> <tr> <td> <div id="dvDetail"> <span >Description</span> <asp:TextBox ID="txtDescription" runat="server" Text='<%# DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem, "Description") %>' TextMode="MultiLine" ></asp:TextBox> </div> <div id="dvFeature" > <span>Feature List</span> <asp:ListView ID="lvChild" runat="server" InsertItemPosition="LastItem" DataKeyNames="FeatureID" OnItemCommand="lvChild_ItemCommand" OnItemCanceling="lvChild_ItemCanceling" OnItemDeleting="lvChild_ItemDeleting" OnItemEditing="lvChild_ItemEditing" OnItemInserting="lvChild_ItemInserting" OnItemUpdating="lvChild_ItemUpdating" DataSource='<%# DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem, "FeatureList") %>' > <LayoutTemplate> <ul > <asp:PlaceHolder runat="server" ID="itemPlaceHolder" ></asp:PlaceHolder> </ul> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <li> <span class="dvList"><%# DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem, "FeatureTitle")%></span> <div class="dvButton" > <asp:ImageButton ID="btnEdit" runat="server" ImageUrl="/Images/edit_16x16.gif" AlternateText= "Edit" CommandName="Edit" CommandArgument='<%# DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem, "FeatureID") %>' Width="12" Height="12" /> <asp:ImageButton ID="btnDelete" runat="server" ImageUrl="/Images/delete_16x16.gif" AlternateText= "Delete" CommandName="Delete" CommandArgument='<%# DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem, "FeatureID") %>' Width="12" Height="12" /> </div> </li> </ItemTemplate> <EditItemTemplate> <li> <asp:TextBox ID="txtFeature" Text='<%# DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem, "FeatureTitle")%>' runat="server"></asp:TextBox> <div class="dvButton"> <asp:ImageButton ID="btnUpdate" runat="server" ImageUrl="/Images/ok_16x16.gif" AlternateText= "Update" CommandName="Update" CommandArgument='<%# DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem, "FeatureID") %>' Width="12" Height="12" /> <asp:ImageButton ID="btnCancel" runat="server" ImageUrl="/Images/delete_16x16.gif" AlternateText= "Cancel" CommandName="Cancel" Width="12" Height="12" CausesValidation="false" /> </div> </li> </EditItemTemplate> <InsertItemTemplate> <asp:TextBox ID="txtFeature" runat="server"></asp:TextBox> <div class="dvButton"> <asp:ImageButton ID="btnInsert" runat="server" ImageUrl="/Images/ok_16x16.gif" AlternateText= "Insert" CommandName="Insert" Width="12" Height="12" /> <asp:ImageButton ID="btnCancel" runat="server" ImageUrl="/Images/delete_16x16.gif" AlternateText= "Cancel" CommandName="Cancel" Width="12" Height="12" CausesValidation="false" /> </div> </InsertItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> </div> </td> </tr> <tr> <td align="right"> <div id="dvButton" > <asp:Button ID="btnSave" runat="server" Text="Save" CommandName="Save" CommandArgument='<%# DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem, "ItemID") %>' /> <asp:Button ID="btnDelete" runat="server" Text="Delete" CssClass="Cancel" CommandName="Delete" CommandArgument='<%# DataBinder.Eval(Container.DataItem, "ItemID") %>' /> </div> </td> </tr> </table> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> Code Behind: protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { if (Page.IsPostBack == false) { BindData(); } } private void BindData() { MyDataContext data = new MyDataContext(); var result = from itm in data.ItemLists where itm.ItemID == iItemID select new { itm.ItemID, itm.Description, FeatureList = itm.Features }; lvParent.DataSource = result; lvParent.DataBind(); } protected void lvChild_ItemEditing(object sender, ListViewEditEventArgs e) { ListView lvChild = sender as ListView; lvChild.EditIndex = e.NewEditIndex; lvChild.DataBind(); } Edit: protected void lvChild_ItemEditing(object sender, ListViewEditEventArgs e) { ListView lvChild = sender as ListView; lvChild.EditIndex = e.NewEditIndex; lvChild.DataBind(); } If I use "lvChild.DataBind()" in 'ItemEditing' event, the total list of child items goes away if I click 'edit' protected void lvChild_ItemEditing(object sender, ListViewEditEventArgs e) { ListView lvChild = sender as ListView; lvChild.EditIndex = e.NewEditIndex; } if I get rid of 'lvChild.Databind' in ItemEditing event, it goes to Edit mode after clicking the 'edit' button twice . And though it shows textbox control of EditItemTemplate, it appears as a blank textbox (does not bind existing value to edit).

    Read the article

  • Dependency Property WPF Grid

    - by developer
    Hi All, I want to Bind the textblock text in WPF datagrid to a dependency property. Somehow, nothing gets displayed, but when I use the same textblock binding outside the grid, everything works fine. Below is my code, <Window.Resources> <Style x:Key="cellCenterAlign" TargetType="{x:Type toolkit:DataGridCell}"> <Setter Property="Template"> <Setter.Value> <ControlTemplate TargetType="{x:Type toolkit:DataGridCell}"> <Grid Background="{TemplateBinding Background}"> <ContentPresenter HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center"/> </Grid> </ControlTemplate> </Setter.Value> </Setter> </Style> <Style x:Key="ColumnHeaderStyle" TargetType="{x:Type toolkit:DataGridColumnHeader}"> <Setter Property="VerticalContentAlignment" Value="Center" /> <Setter Property="HorizontalContentAlignment" Value="Center"/> </Style> <ObjectDataProvider MethodName="GetValues" ObjectType="{x:Type sys:Enum}" x:Key="RoleValues"> <ObjectDataProvider.MethodParameters> <x:Type TypeName="domain:SubscriptionRole"/> </ObjectDataProvider.MethodParameters> </ObjectDataProvider> <DataTemplate x:Key="myTemplate"> <StackPanel> <TextBlock Text="{Binding Path=OtherSubs}"/> </StackPanel> </DataTemplate> </Window.Resources> <Grid> <Grid.RowDefinitions> <RowDefinition Height="220"/> <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/> </Grid.RowDefinitions> <StackPanel Grid.Row="0"> <toolkit:DataGrid Name="definitionGrid" Margin="0,10,0,0" AutoGenerateColumns="False" CanUserAddRows="False" CanUserDeleteRows="False" IsReadOnly="False" RowHeight="25" FontWeight="Normal" ItemsSource="{Binding programSubscription}" ColumnHeaderStyle="{DynamicResource ColumnHeaderStyle}" SelectionMode="Single" ScrollViewer.HorizontalScrollBarVisibility="Disabled" Width="450" ScrollViewer.VerticalScrollBarVisibility="Auto" Height="200"> <toolkit:DataGrid.Columns> <toolkit:DataGridTextColumn Header="Program" Width="80" Binding="{Binding Program.JobNum}" CellStyle="{StaticResource cellCenterAlign}" IsReadOnly="True"/> <toolkit:DataGridTemplateColumn Header="Role" Width="80" CellStyle="{StaticResource cellCenterAlign}"> <toolkit:DataGridTemplateColumn.CellTemplate> <DataTemplate> <ComboBox SelectedItem="{Binding Role}" ItemsSource="{Binding Source={StaticResource RoleValues}}" Width="70"> <ComboBox.Style> <Style> <Style.Triggers> <DataTrigger Binding="{Binding Path=Role}" Value="Owner"> <Setter Property="ComboBox.Focusable" Value="False"/> <Setter Property="ComboBox.IsEnabled" Value="False"/> <Setter Property="ComboBox.IsHitTestVisible" Value="False"/> </DataTrigger> </Style.Triggers> </Style> </ComboBox.Style> </ComboBox> </DataTemplate> </toolkit:DataGridTemplateColumn.CellTemplate> </toolkit:DataGridTemplateColumn> <toolkit:DataGridCheckBoxColumn Header="Email" Width="60" Binding="{Binding ReceivesEmail}" CellStyle="{StaticResource cellCenterAlign}"/> <!--<toolkit:DataGridTextColumn Header="Others" Width="220" Binding="{Binding programSubscription1.Subscriber.Username}" CellStyle="{StaticResource cellCenterAlign}" IsReadOnly="True"/>--> <toolkit:DataGridTemplateColumn Header="Others" Width="220" CellStyle="{StaticResource cellCenterAlign}" IsReadOnly="True"> <toolkit:DataGridTemplateColumn.CellTemplate> <DataTemplate> <TextBlock Text="{Binding Path=OtherSubs}"/> </DataTemplate> </toolkit:DataGridTemplateColumn.CellTemplate> </toolkit:DataGridTemplateColumn> </toolkit:DataGrid.Columns> </toolkit:DataGrid> <TextBlock Text="{Binding Path=OtherSubs}"/> </StackPanel> <Grid Grid.Row="1"> <Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <ColumnDefinition Width="200"/> <ColumnDefinition Width="*"/> </Grid.ColumnDefinitions> <StackPanel Grid.Column="0" HorizontalAlignment="Center" VerticalAlignment="Center"> <CheckBox Content="Show Only Active Programs" IsChecked="True" Margin="0,0,8,0"/> </StackPanel> <StackPanel Orientation="Horizontal" VerticalAlignment="Center" Grid.Column="1" HorizontalAlignment="Right"> <Button Content="Save" Height="23" Width="75" Margin="0,0,8,0" Click="Save_Click"/> <Button Content="Cancel" Height="23" Width="75" Margin="0,0,8,0" Click="Cancel_Click" /> </StackPanel> </Grid> </Grid> Code-Behind public partial class ProgramSubscriptions : Window { public static ObservableCollection programSubscription { get; set; } public string OtherSubs { get { return (string)GetValue(OtherSubsProperty); } set { SetValue(OtherSubsProperty, value); } } public static readonly DependencyProperty OtherSubsProperty = DependencyProperty.Register("OtherSubs", typeof(string), typeof(ProgramSubscriptions), new UIPropertyMetadata(string.Empty)); private string CurrentUsername = "test"; public ProgramSubscriptions() { InitializeComponent(); DataContext = this; LoadData(); } protected void LoadData() { programSubscription = new ObservableCollection<ProgramSubscriptionViewModel>(); if (res != null && res.TotalResults > 0) { List<ProgramSubscriptionViewModel> UserPrgList = new List<ProgramSubscriptionViewModel>(); //other.... List<ProgramSubscriptionViewModel> OtherPrgList = new List<ProgramSubscriptionViewModel>(); ArrayList myList = new ArrayList(); foreach (DomainObject obj in res.ResultSet) { ProgramSubscription prg = (ProgramSubscription)obj; if (prg.Subscriber.Username == CurrentUsername) { UserPrgList.Add(new ProgramSubscriptionViewModel(prg)); myList.Add(prg.Program.ID); } else OtherPrgList.Add(new ProgramSubscriptionViewModel(prg)); } for (int i = 0; i < UserPrgList.Count; i++) { ProgramSubscriptionViewModel item = UserPrgList[i]; programSubscription.Add(item); } //other.... for (int i = 0; i < OtherPrgList.Count; i++) { foreach (int y in myList) { ProgramSubscriptionViewModel otheritem = OtherPrgList[i]; if (y == otheritem.Program.ID) OtherSubs += otheritem.Subscriber.Username + ", "; } } } } } I posted the entire code. What exactly I want to do is in the datagridtemplatecolumn for others I want to display the usernames that are not in CurrentUsername, but they have the same program Id as the CurrentUsername. Please do let me know if there is another way that i can make this work, instead of using a dependencyproperty, althouht for testing I did put a textblock below datagrid, and it works perfectly fine.. Help!

    Read the article

  • HTTP Builder/Groovy - lost 302 (redirect) handling?

    - by Misha Koshelev
    Dear All: I am reading here http://groovy.codehaus.org/modules/http-builder/doc/handlers.html "In cases where a response sends a redirect status code, this is handled internally by Apache HttpClient, which by default will simply follow the redirect by re-sending the request to the new URL. You do not need to do anything special in order to follow 302 responses." This seems to work fine when I simply use the get() or post() methods without a closure. However, when I use a closure, I seem to lose 302 handling. Is there some way I can handle this myself? Thank you p.s. Here is my log output showing it is a 302 response [java] FINER: resp.statusLine: "HTTP/1.1 302 Found" Here is the relevant code: // Copyright (C) 2010 Misha Koshelev. All Rights Reserved. package com.mksoft.fbbday.main import groovyx.net.http.ContentType import java.util.logging.Level import java.util.logging.Logger class HTTPBuilder { def dataDirectory HTTPBuilder(dataDirectory) { this.dataDirectory=dataDirectory } // Main logic def logger=Logger.getLogger(this.class.name) def closure={resp,reader-> logger.finer("resp.statusLine: \"${resp.statusLine}\"") if (logger.isLoggable(Level.FINEST)) { def respHeadersString='Headers:'; resp.headers.each() { header->respHeadersString+="\n\t${header.name}=\"${header.value}\"" } logger.finest(respHeadersString) } def text=reader.text def lastHtml=new File("${dataDirectory}${File.separator}last.html") if (lastHtml.exists()) { lastHtml.delete() } lastHtml<<text new XmlSlurper(new org.cyberneko.html.parsers.SAXParser()).parseText(text) } def processArgs(args) { if (logger.isLoggable(Level.FINER)) { def argsString='Args:'; args.each() { arg->argsString+="\n\t${arg.key}=\"${arg.value}\"" } logger.finer(argsString) } args.contentType=groovyx.net.http.ContentType.TEXT args } // HTTPBuilder methods def httpBuilder=new groovyx.net.http.HTTPBuilder () def get(args) { httpBuilder.get(processArgs(args),closure) } def post(args) { args.contentType=groovyx.net.http.ContentType.TEXT httpBuilder.post(processArgs(args),closure) } } Here is a specific tester: #!/usr/bin/env groovy import groovyx.net.http.HTTPBuilder import groovyx.net.http.Method import static groovyx.net.http.ContentType.URLENC import java.util.logging.ConsoleHandler import java.util.logging.Level import java.util.logging.Logger // MUST ENTER VALID FACEBOOK EMAIL AND PASSWORD BELOW !!! def email='' def pass='' // Remove default loggers def logger=Logger.getLogger('') def handlers=logger.handlers handlers.each() { handler->logger.removeHandler(handler) } // Log ALL to Console logger.setLevel Level.ALL def consoleHandler=new ConsoleHandler() consoleHandler.setLevel Level.ALL logger.addHandler(consoleHandler) // Facebook - need to get main page to capture cookies def http = new HTTPBuilder() http.get(uri:'http://www.facebook.com') // Login def html=http.post(uri:'https://login.facebook.com/login.php?login_attempt=1',body:[email:email,pass:pass]) assert html==null // Why null? html=http.post(uri:'https://login.facebook.com/login.php?login_attempt=1',body:[email:email,pass:pass]) { resp,reader-> assert resp.statusLine.statusCode==302 // Shouldn't we be redirected??? // http://groovy.codehaus.org/modules/http-builder/doc/handlers.html // "In cases where a response sends a redirect status code, this is handled internally by Apache HttpClient, which by default will simply follow the redirect by re-sending the request to the new URL. You do not need to do anything special in order to follow 302 responses. " } Here are relevant logs: FINE: Receiving response: HTTP/1.1 302 Found Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << HTTP/1.1 302 Found Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Cache-Control: private, no-store, no-cache, must-revalidate, post-check=0, pre-check=0 Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Expires: Sat, 01 Jan 2000 00:00:00 GMT Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Location: http://www.facebook.com/home.php? Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << P3P: CP="DSP LAW" Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Pragma: no-cache Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Set-Cookie: datr=1275687438-9ff6ae60a89d444d0fd9917abf56e085d370277a6e9ed50c1ba79; expires=Sun, 03-Jun-2012 21:37:24 GMT; path=/; domain=.facebook.com Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Set-Cookie: lxe=koshelev%40post.harvard.edu; expires=Tue, 28-Sep-2010 15:24:04 GMT; path=/; domain=.facebook.com; httponly Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Set-Cookie: lxr=deleted; expires=Thu, 04-Jun-2009 21:37:23 GMT; path=/; domain=.facebook.com; httponly Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Set-Cookie: pk=183883c0a9afab1608e95d59164cc7dd; path=/; domain=.facebook.com; httponly Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8 Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << X-Cnection: close Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Date: Fri, 04 Jun 2010 21:37:24 GMT Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.DefaultClientConnection receiveResponseHeader FINE: << Content-Length: 0 Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.client.protocol.ResponseProcessCookies processCookies FINE: Cookie accepted: "[version: 0][name: datr][value: 1275687438-9ff6ae60a89d444d0fd9917abf56e085d370277a6e9ed50c1ba79][domain: .facebook.com][path: /][expiry: Sun Jun 03 16:37:24 CDT 2012]". Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.client.protocol.ResponseProcessCookies processCookies FINE: Cookie accepted: "[version: 0][name: lxe][value: koshelev%40post.harvard.edu][domain: .facebook.com][path: /][expiry: Tue Sep 28 10:24:04 CDT 2010]". Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.client.protocol.ResponseProcessCookies processCookies FINE: Cookie accepted: "[version: 0][name: lxr][value: deleted][domain: .facebook.com][path: /][expiry: Thu Jun 04 16:37:23 CDT 2009]". Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.client.protocol.ResponseProcessCookies processCookies FINE: Cookie accepted: "[version: 0][name: pk][value: 183883c0a9afab1608e95d59164cc7dd][domain: .facebook.com][path: /][expiry: null]". Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.client.DefaultRequestDirector execute FINE: Connection can be kept alive indefinitely Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM groovyx.net.http.HTTPBuilder doRequest FINE: Response code: 302; found handler: post302$_run_closure2@7023d08b Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM groovyx.net.http.HTTPBuilder doRequest FINEST: response handler result: null Jun 4, 2010 4:37:22 PM org.apache.http.impl.conn.SingleClientConnManager releaseConnection FINE: Releasing connection org.apache.http.impl.conn.SingleClientConnManager$ConnAdapter@605b28c9 You can see there is clearly a location argument. Thank you Misha

    Read the article

  • ASP.NET. MVC2. Entity Framework. Cannot pass primary key value back from view to [HttpPost]

    - by Paul Connolly
    I pass a ViewModel (which contains a "Person" object) from the "EditPerson" controller action into the view. When posted back from the view, the ActionResult receives all of the Person properties except the ID (which it says is zero instead of say its real integer) Can anyone tell me why? The controllers look like this: public ActionResult EditPerson(int personID) { var personToEdit = repository.GetPerson(personID); FormationViewModel vm = new FormationViewModel(); vm.Person = personToEdit; return View(vm); } [HttpPost] public ActionResult EditPerson(FormationViewModel model) <<Passes in all properties except ID { // Persistence code } The View looks like this: <%@ Page Title="" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Views/Shared/Site.Master" Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<Afp.Models.Formation.FormationViewModel>" %> <% using (Html.BeginForm()) {% <%= Html.ValidationSummary(true) % <fieldset> <legend>Fields</legend> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.Person.Title) %> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Person.Title) %> <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Person.Title) %> </div> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.Person.Forename)%> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Person.Forename)%> <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Person.Forename)%> </div> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.Person.Surname)%> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Person.Surname)%> <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Person.Surname)%> </div> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.DOB) %> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.DOB, String.Format("{0:g}", Model.DOB)) <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.DOB) %> </div>--%> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.Person.Nationality)%> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Person.Nationality)%> <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Person.Nationality)%> </div> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.Person.Occupation)%> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Person.Occupation)%> <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Person.Occupation)%> </div> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.Person.CountryOfResidence)%> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Person.CountryOfResidence)%> <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Person.CountryOfResidence)%> </div> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.Person.PreviousNameForename)%> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Person.PreviousNameForename)%> <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Person.PreviousNameForename)%> </div> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.Person.PreviousSurname)%> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Person.PreviousSurname)%> <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Person.PreviousSurname)%> </div> <div class="editor-label"> <%= Html.LabelFor(model => model.Person.Email)%> </div> <div class="editor-field"> <%= Html.TextBoxFor(model => model.Person.Email)%> <%= Html.ValidationMessageFor(model => model.Person.Email)%> </div> <p> <input type="submit" value="Save" /> </p> </fieldset> <% } % And the Person class looks like: [MetadataType(typeof(Person_Validation))] public partial class Person { public Person() { } } [Bind(Exclude = "ID")] public class Person_Validation { public int ID { get; private set; } public string Title { get; set; } public string Forename { get; set; } public string Surname { get; set; } public System.DateTime DOB { get; set; } public string Nationality { get; set; } public string Occupation { get; set; } public string CountryOfResidence { get; set; } public string PreviousNameForename { get; set; } public string PreviousSurname { get; set; } public string Email { get; set; } } And ViewModel: public class FormationViewModel { public Company Company { get; set; } public Address RegisteredAddress { get; set; } public Person Person { get; set; } public PersonType PersonType { get; set; } public int CurrentStep { get; set; } } }

    Read the article

  • ASP.NET MVC validation problem

    - by ile
    ArticleRepostitory.cs: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using CMS.Model; using System.Web.Mvc; namespace CMS.Models { public class ArticleDisplay { public ArticleDisplay() { } public int CategoryID { set; get; } public string CategoryTitle { set; get; } public int ArticleID { set; get; } public string ArticleTitle { set; get; } public DateTime ArticleDate; public string ArticleContent { set; get; } } public class ArticleRepository { private DB db = new DB(); // // Query Methods public IQueryable<ArticleDisplay> FindAllArticles() { var result = from category in db.ArticleCategories join article in db.Articles on category.CategoryID equals article.CategoryID select new ArticleDisplay { CategoryID = category.CategoryID, CategoryTitle = category.Title, ArticleID = article.ArticleID, ArticleTitle = article.Title, ArticleDate = article.Date, ArticleContent = article.Content }; return result; } public IQueryable<ArticleDisplay> FindTodayArticles() { var result = from category in db.ArticleCategories join article in db.Articles on category.CategoryID equals article.CategoryID where article.Date == DateTime.Today select new ArticleDisplay { CategoryID = category.CategoryID, CategoryTitle = category.Title, ArticleID = article.ArticleID, ArticleTitle = article.Title, ArticleDate = article.Date, ArticleContent = article.Content }; return result; } public Article GetArticle(int id) { return db.Articles.SingleOrDefault(d => d.ArticleID == id); } public IQueryable<ArticleDisplay> DetailsArticle(int id) { var result = from category in db.ArticleCategories join article in db.Articles on category.CategoryID equals article.CategoryID where id == article.ArticleID select new ArticleDisplay { CategoryID = category.CategoryID, CategoryTitle = category.Title, ArticleID = article.ArticleID, ArticleTitle = article.Title, ArticleDate = article.Date, ArticleContent = article.Content }; return result; } // // Insert/Delete Methods public void Add(Article article) { db.Articles.InsertOnSubmit(article); } public void Delete(Article article) { db.Articles.DeleteOnSubmit(article); } // // Persistence public void Save() { db.SubmitChanges(); } } } ArticleController.cs: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Web.Mvc; using System.Web.Mvc.Ajax; using CMS.Models; using CMS.Model; namespace CMS.Controllers { public class ArticleController : Controller { ArticleRepository articleRepository = new ArticleRepository(); ArticleCategoryRepository articleCategoryRepository = new ArticleCategoryRepository(); // // GET: /Article/ public ActionResult Index() { var allArticles = articleRepository.FindAllArticles().ToList(); return View(allArticles); } // // GET: /Article/Details/5 public ActionResult Details(int id) { var article = articleRepository.DetailsArticle(id).Single(); if (article == null) return View("NotFound"); return View(article); } // // GET: /Article/Create public ActionResult Create() { ViewData["categories"] = new SelectList ( articleCategoryRepository.FindAllCategories().ToList(), "CategoryId", "Title" ); Article article = new Article() { Date = DateTime.Now, CategoryID = 1 }; return View(article); } // // POST: /Article/Create [AcceptVerbs(HttpVerbs.Post)] public ActionResult Create(Article article) { if (ModelState.IsValid) { try { // TODO: Add insert logic here articleRepository.Add(article); articleRepository.Save(); return RedirectToAction("Index"); } catch { return View(article); } } else { return View(article); } } // // GET: /Article/Edit/5 public ActionResult Edit(int id) { ViewData["categories"] = new SelectList ( articleCategoryRepository.FindAllCategories().ToList(), "CategoryId", "Title" ); var article = articleRepository.GetArticle(id); return View(article); } // // POST: /Article/Edit/5 [AcceptVerbs(HttpVerbs.Post)] public ActionResult Edit(int id, FormCollection collection) { Article article = articleRepository.GetArticle(id); try { // TODO: Add update logic here UpdateModel(article, collection.ToValueProvider()); articleRepository.Save(); return RedirectToAction("Details", new { id = article.ArticleID }); } catch { return View(article); } } // // HTTP GET: /Article/Delete/1 public ActionResult Delete(int id) { Article article = articleRepository.GetArticle(id); if (article == null) return View("NotFound"); else return View(article); } // // HTTP POST: /Article/Delete/1 [AcceptVerbs(HttpVerbs.Post)] public ActionResult Delete(int id, string confirmButton) { Article article = articleRepository.GetArticle(id); if (article == null) return View("NotFound"); articleRepository.Delete(article); articleRepository.Save(); return View("Deleted"); } } } View/Article/Create.aspx: <%@ Page Title="" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Views/Shared/Site.Master" Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<CMS.Model.Article>" %> <asp:Content ID="Content1" ContentPlaceHolderID="TitleContent" runat="server"> Create </asp:Content> <asp:Content ID="Content2" ContentPlaceHolderID="MainContent" runat="server"> <h2>Create</h2> <%= Html.ValidationSummary("Create was unsuccessful. Please correct the errors and try again.") %> <% using (Html.BeginForm()) {%> <fieldset> <legend>Fields</legend> <p> <label for="Title">Title:</label> <%= Html.TextBox("Title") %> <%= Html.ValidationMessage("Title", "*") %> </p> <p> <label for="Content">Content:</label> <%= Html.TextArea("Content", new { id = "Content" })%> <%= Html.ValidationMessage("Content", "*")%> </p> <p> <label for="Date">Date:</label> <%= Html.TextBox("Date") %> <%= Html.ValidationMessage("Date", "*") %> </p> <p> <label for="CategoryID">Category:</label> <%= Html.DropDownList("CategoryId", (IEnumerable<SelectListItem>)ViewData["categories"])%> </p> <p> <input type="submit" value="Create" /> </p> </fieldset> <% } %> <div> <%=Html.ActionLink("Back to List", "Index") %> </div> </asp:Content> If I remove DropDownList from .aspx file then validation (on date only because no other validation exists) works, but of course I can't create new article because one value is missing. If I leave dropdownlist and try to insert wrong date I get following error: System.InvalidOperationException: The ViewData item with the key 'CategoryId' is of type 'System.Int32' but needs to be of type 'IEnumerable'. If I enter correct date than the article is properly inserted. There's one other thing that's confusing me... For example, if I try manually add the categoyID: [AcceptVerbs(HttpVerbs.Post)] public ActionResult Create(Article article) { if (ModelState.IsValid) { try { // TODO: Add insert logic here // Manually add category value article.CategoryID = 1; articleRepository.Add(article); articleRepository.Save(); return RedirectToAction("Index"); } catch { return View(article); } } else { return View(article); } } ..I also get the above error. There's one other thing I noticed. If I add partial class Article, when returning to articleRepository.cs I get error that 'Article' is an ambiguous reference between 'CMS.Models.Article' and 'CMS.Model.Article' Any thoughts on this one?

    Read the article

  • iPhone SDK Tableview Datasource singleton error

    - by mrburns05
    I basically followed apple "TheElements" sample and changed "PeriodicElements" .h & .m to my own "SortedItems" .h & .m During compile I get this error: "Undefined symbols: "_OBJC_CLASS_$_SortedItems", referenced from: __objc_classrefs__DATA@0 in SortedByNameTableDataSource.o ld: symbol(s) not found collect2: ld returned 1 exit status " here is my SortedItems.m file #import "SortedItems.h" #import "item.h" #import "MyAppDelegate.h" @interface SortedItems(mymethods) // these are private methods that outside classes need not use - (void)presortItemsByPhysicalState; - (void)presortItemInitialLetterIndexes; - (void)presortItemNamesForInitialLetter:(NSString *)aKey; - (void)presortItemsWithPhysicalState:(NSString *)state; - (NSArray *)presortItemsByNumber; - (NSArray *)presortItemsBySymbol; - (void)setupItemsArray; @end @implementation SortedItems @synthesize statesDictionary; @synthesize itemsDictionary; @synthesize nameIndexesDictionary; @synthesize itemNameIndexArray; @synthesize itemsSortedByNumber; @synthesize itemsSortedBySymbol; @synthesize itemPhysicalStatesArray; static SortedItems *sharedSortedItemsInstance = nil; + (SortedItems*)sharedSortedItems { @synchronized(self) { if (sharedSortedItemsInstance == nil) { [[self alloc] init]; // assignment not done here } } return sharedSortedItemsInstance; // note: Xcode (3.2) static analyzer will report this singleton as a false positive // '(Potential leak of an object allocated') } + (id)allocWithZone:(NSZone *)zone { @synchronized(self) { if (sharedSortedItemsInstance == nil) { sharedSortedItemsInstance = [super allocWithZone:zone]; return sharedSortedItemsInstance; // assignment and return on first allocation } } return nil; //on subsequent allocation attempts return nil } - (id)copyWithZone:(NSZone *)zone { return self; } - (id)retain { return self; } - (unsigned)retainCount { return UINT_MAX; //denotes an object that cannot be released } - (void)release { //do nothing } - (id)autorelease { return self; } // setup the data collection - init { if (self = [super init]) { [self setupItemsArray]; } return self; } - (void)setupItemsArray { NSDictionary *eachItem; // create dictionaries that contain the arrays of Item data indexed by // name self.itemsDictionary = [NSMutableDictionary dictionary]; // physical state self.statesDictionary = [NSMutableDictionary dictionary]; // unique first characters (for the Name index table) self.nameIndexesDictionary = [NSMutableDictionary dictionary]; // create empty array entries in the states Dictionary or each physical state [statesDictionary setObject:[NSMutableArray array] forKey:@"Solid"]; [statesDictionary setObject:[NSMutableArray array] forKey:@"Liquid"]; [statesDictionary setObject:[NSMutableArray array] forKey:@"Gas"]; [statesDictionary setObject:[NSMutableArray array] forKey:@"Artificial"]; MyAppDelegate *ad = (MyAppDelegate *)[[UIApplication sharedApplication]delegate]; NSMutableArray *rawItemsArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init]; [rawItemsArray addObjectsFromArray:ad.items]; // iterate over the values in the raw Items dictionary for (eachItem in rawItemsArray) { // create an atomic Item instance for each Item *anItem = [[Item alloc] initWithDictionary:eachItem]; // store that item in the Items dictionary with the name as the key [itemsDictionary setObject:anItem forKey:anItem.title]; // add that Item to the appropriate array in the physical state dictionary [[statesDictionary objectForKey:anItem.acct] addObject:anItem]; // get the Item's initial letter NSString *firstLetter = [anItem.title substringToIndex:1]; NSMutableArray *existingArray; // if an array already exists in the name index dictionary // simply add the Item to it, otherwise create an array // and add it to the name index dictionary with the letter as the key if (existingArray = [nameIndexesDictionary valueForKey:firstLetter]) { [existingArray addObject:anItem]; } else { NSMutableArray *tempArray = [NSMutableArray array]; [nameIndexesDictionary setObject:tempArray forKey:firstLetter]; [tempArray addObject:anItem]; } // release the Item, it is held by the various collections [anItem release]; } // release the raw Item data [rawItemsArray release]; // create the dictionary containing the possible Item states // and presort the states data self.itemPhysicalStatesArray = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"something",@"somethingElse",@"whatever",@"stuff",nil]; [self presortItemsByPhysicalState]; // presort the dictionaries now // this could be done the first time they are requested instead [self presortItemInitialLetterIndexes]; self.itemsSortedByNumber = [self presortItemsByNumber]; self.itemsSortedBySymbol = [self presortItemsBySymbol]; } // return the array of Items for the requested physical state - (NSArray *)itemsWithPhysicalState:(NSString*)aState { return [statesDictionary objectForKey:aState]; } // presort each of the arrays for the physical states - (void)presortItemsByPhysicalState { for (NSString *stateKey in itemPhysicalStatesArray) { [self presortItemsWithPhysicalState:stateKey]; } } - (void)presortItemsWithPhysicalState:(NSString *)state { NSSortDescriptor *nameDescriptor = [[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"title" ascending:YES selector:@selector(localizedCaseInsensitiveCompare:)] ; NSArray *descriptors = [NSArray arrayWithObject:nameDescriptor]; [[statesDictionary objectForKey:state] sortUsingDescriptors:descriptors]; [nameDescriptor release]; } // return an array of Items for an initial letter (ie A, B, C, ...) - (NSArray *)itemsWithInitialLetter:(NSString*)aKey { return [nameIndexesDictionary objectForKey:aKey]; } // presort the name index arrays so the items are in the correct order - (void)presortItemsInitialLetterIndexes { self.itemNameIndexArray = [[nameIndexesDictionary allKeys] sortedArrayUsingSelector:@selector(localizedCaseInsensitiveCompare:)]; for (NSString *eachNameIndex in itemNameIndexArray) { [self presortItemNamesForInitialLetter:eachNameIndex]; } } - (void)presortItemNamesForInitialLetter:(NSString *)aKey { NSSortDescriptor *nameDescriptor = [[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"title" ascending:YES selector:@selector(localizedCaseInsensitiveCompare:)] ; NSArray *descriptors = [NSArray arrayWithObject:nameDescriptor]; [[nameIndexesDictionary objectForKey:aKey] sortUsingDescriptors:descriptors]; [nameDescriptor release]; } // presort the ItemsSortedByNumber array - (NSArray *)presortItemsByNumber { NSSortDescriptor *nameDescriptor = [[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"acct" ascending:YES selector:@selector(compare:)] ; NSArray *descriptors = [NSArray arrayWithObject:nameDescriptor]; NSArray *sortedItems = [[itemsDictionary allValues] sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:descriptors]; [nameDescriptor release]; return sortedItems; } // presort the itemsSortedBySymbol array - (NSArray *)presortItemsBySymbol { NSSortDescriptor *symbolDescriptor = [[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"title" ascending:YES selector:@selector(localizedCaseInsensitiveCompare:)] ; NSArray *descriptors = [NSArray arrayWithObject:symbolDescriptor]; NSArray *sortedItems = [[itemsDictionary allValues] sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:descriptors]; [symbolDescriptor release]; return sortedItems; } @end I followed the sample exactly - don't know where I went wrong. Here is my "SortedByNameTableDataSource.m" #import "SortedByNameTableDataSource.h" #import "SortedItems.h" #import "Item.h" #import "ItemCell.h" #import "GradientView.h" #import "UIColor-Expanded.h" #import "MyAppDelegate.h" @implementation SortedByNameTableDataSource - (NSString *)title { return @"Title"; } - (UITableViewStyle)tableViewStyle { return UITableViewStylePlain; }; // return the atomic element at the index - (Item *)itemForIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { return [[[SortedItems sharedSortedItems] itemsWithInitialLetter:[[[SortedItems sharedSortedItems] itemNameIndexArray] objectAtIndex:indexPath.section]] objectAtIndex:indexPath.row]; } // UITableViewDataSource methods - (UITableViewCell *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView cellForRowAtIndexPath:(NSIndexPath *)indexPath { static NSString *MyIdentifier = @"ItemCell"; ItemCell *itemCell = (ItemCell *)[tableView dequeueReusableCellWithIdentifier:MyIdentifier]; if (itemCell == nil) { itemCell = [[[ItemCell alloc] initWithFrame:CGRectZero reuseIdentifier:MyIdentifier] autorelease]; itemCell = CGRectMake(0.0, 0.0, 320.0, ROW_HEIGHT); itemCell.backgroundView = [[[GradientView alloc] init] autorelease]; } itemCell.todo = [self itemForIndexPath:indexPath]; return itemCell; } - (NSInteger)numberOfSectionsInTableView:(UITableView *)tableView { // this table has multiple sections. One for each unique character that an element begins with // [A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,K,L,M,N,O,P,R,S,T,U,V,X,Y,Z] // return the count of that array return [[[SortedItems sharedSortedItems] itemNameIndexArray] count]; } - (NSArray *)sectionIndexTitlesForTableView:(UITableView *)tableView { // returns the array of section titles. There is one entry for each unique character that an element begins with // [A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,K,L,M,N,O,P,R,S,T,U,V,X,Y,Z] return [[SortedItems sharedSortedItems] itemNameIndexArray]; } - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView sectionForSectionIndexTitle:(NSString *)title atIndex:(NSInteger)index { return index; } - (NSInteger)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView numberOfRowsInSection:(NSInteger)section { // the section represents the initial letter of the element // return that letter NSString *initialLetter = [[[SortedItems sharedSortedItems] itemNameIndexArray] objectAtIndex:section]; // get the array of elements that begin with that letter NSArray *itemsWithInitialLetter = [[SortedItems sharedSortedItems] itemsWithInitialLetter:initialLetter]; // return the count return [itemsWithInitialLetter count]; } - (NSString *)tableView:(UITableView *)tableView titleForHeaderInSection:(NSInteger)section { // this table has multiple sections. One for each unique character that an element begins with // [A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,K,L,M,N,O,P,R,S,T,U,V,X,Y,Z] // return the letter that represents the requested section // this is actually a delegate method, but we forward the request to the datasource in the view controller return [[[SortedItems sharedSortedItems] itemNameIndexArray] objectAtIndex:section]; } @end

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676  | Next Page >